fax option type 3045 - ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · fax option type 3045...

236
FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference <Advanced Features> Read this manual carefully before you use this machine and keep it handy for future reference. For safe and correct use, be sure to read the Safety Information in the “General Settings Guide” before using the machine. Transmission Mode Checking and Canceling Transmission Files Communication Information Other Transmission Features Reception Features Fax via Computer Simplifying the Operation Facsimile Features Administrator Setting Solving Operation Problems Appendix 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Upload: doanlien

Post on 06-Mar-2018

220 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Paper type: OK Prince Eco G100(55kg), Paper Thickness=80 µm // Pages in book=232 // Print scale=81%Gap (when printed at 81% scale) = Pages in book × Paper thickness / 2 = 9.280000 mm

FAX Option Type 3045Operating Instructions

Facsimile Reference <Advanced Features>

B7798511

FAX

Op

tion Typ

e 3045

Op

era

ting Instruc

tions

Fac

simile

Refe

renc

e <A

dva

nce

d Fe

ature

s>

FAX Option Type 3045

Operating Instructions

Facsimile Reference<Advanced Features>

Read this manual carefully before you use this machine and keep it handy for future reference. For safe and correct use, be sure to read theSafety Information in the “General Settings Guide” before using the machine.

Transmission Mode

Checking and Canceling Transmission Files

Communication Information

Other Transmission Features

Reception Features

Fax via Computer

Simplifying the Operation

Facsimile Features

Administrator Setting

Solving Operation Problems

Appendix

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Printed in Japan

EN USA B779-8511

Page 2: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Paper type: OK Prince Eco G100(55kg), Paper Thickness=80 µm // Pages in book=232 // Print scale=81%Gap (when printed at 81% scale) = Pages in book × Paper thickness / 2 = 9.280000 mm

Introduction

This manual contains detailed instructions and notes on the operation and use of this machine. For yoursafety and benefit, read this manual carefully before using the machine. Keep this manual in a handyplace for quick reference.

Notes

Some illustrations in this manual might be slightly different from the machine.

Certain options might not be available in some countries. For details, please contact your local dealer.

Two kinds of size notation are employed in this manual. With this machine refer to the inch version.

Important

Contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice. In no event will the company be li-able for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages as a result of handling or oper-ating the machine.

Trademarks

Microsoft®, Windows® and Windows NT® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in theUnited States and/or other countries.

Adobe® and Acrobat® are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.

Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and might be trademarks of theirrespective companies. We disclaim any and all rights to those marks.

Note

The proper names of the Windows operating systems are as follows:

• The product name of Windows® 95 is Microsoft® Windows 95.

• The product name of Windows® 98 is Microsoft® Windows 98.

• The product name of Windows® Me is Microsoft® Windows Millennium Edition (Windows Me).

• The product names of Windows® 2000 are as follows:Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Advanced ServerMicrosoft® Windows® 2000 ServerMicrosoft® Windows® 2000 Professional

• The product names of Windows® XP are as follows:Microsoft® Windows® XP ProfessionalMicrosoft® Windows® XP Home Edition

• The product names of the Windows ServerTM 2003 are as follows:Microsoft® Windows ServerTM 2003 Standard EditionMicrosoft® Windows ServerTM 2003 Enterprise EditionMicrosoft® Windows ServerTM 2003 Web Edition

• The product names of Windows NT® 4.0 are as follows:Microsoft® Windows NT® Server 4.0Microsoft® Windows NT® Workstation 4.0

Copyright © 2005

Page 3: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

i

Manuals for This Machine

The following manuals describe the operational procedures of this machine. Forparticular functions, see the relevant parts of the manual.

Note❒ Manuals provided are specific to machine type.❒ Adobe Acrobat Reader/Adobe Reader is necessary to view the manuals as a

PDF file.❒ Two CD-ROMs are provided:

• CD-ROM 1 “Operating Instructions”• CD-ROM 2 “Scanner Driver and Document Management Utility”

❖ General Settings GuideProvides an overview of the machine and describes System Settings (such asTray Paper Settings), Document Server functions, and troubleshooting. Refer to this manual for Address Book procedures such as registering faxnumbers, e-mail addresses, and user codes.

❖ Security ReferenceThis manual is for administrators of this machine. It describes security func-tions that the administrators can use to protect data from being tamperedwith, or prevent the machine from unauthorized use. Also refer to this man-ual for the procedures for registering administrators, as well as setting userand administrator authentication.

❖ Network Guide (PDF file - CD-ROM 1)Provides information about configuring and operating the printer in a net-work environment and using software.This manual covers all models, and therefore contains functions and settingsthat may not be available for your model.Images, illustrations, functions, and supported operating systems may differfrom those of your model.

❖ Copy ReferenceDescribes operations, functions, and troubleshooting for the machine’s copierfunction.

❖ Facsimile Reference <Basic Features>Describes operations, functions, and troubleshooting for the machine’s fac-simile function.

❖ Facsimile Reference <Advanced Features> (this manual)Describes advanced facsimile functions such as line settings and proceduresfor registering IDs.

❖ Printer ReferenceDescribes system settings, operations, functions, and trouble shooting for themachine’s printer function.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page i Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 4: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

ii

❖ Scanner Reference (PDF file - CD-ROM 1) Describes operations, functions, and troubleshooting for the machine’s scan-ner function.

❖ Manuals for DeskTopBinder LiteDeskTopBinder Lite is a utility included on the CD-ROM labeled “ScannerDriver and Document Management Utility”.• DeskTopBinder Lite Setup Guide (PDF file - CD-ROM 2)

Describes installation of, and the operating environment for DeskTop-Binder Lite in detail. This guide can be displayed from the [Setup] dialogbox when DeskTopBinder Lite is installed.

• DeskTopBinder Introduction Guide (PDF file - CD-ROM 2)Describes operations of DeskTopBinder Lite and provides an overview ofits functions. This guide is added to the [Start] menu when DeskTopBinderLite is installed.

• Auto Document Link Guide (PDF file - CD-ROM 2) Describes operations and functions of Auto Document Link installed withDeskTopBinder Lite. This guide is added to the [Start] menu when Desk-TopBinder Lite is installed.

❖ Other manuals• PostScript 3 Supplement (PDF file - CD-ROM 1)• Unix Supplement (Available from an authorized dealer, or as a PDF file on

our Web site.)

Note❒ The following software products are referred to using general names:

• DeskTopBinder Lite and DeskTopBinder Professional → DeskTopBinder• ScanRouter V2 Lite and ScanRouter EX Professional (optional) → the Scan-

Router delivery software• SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin and SmartDeviceMonitor for Client →

SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin/Client

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page ii Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 5: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTSManuals for This Machine ...................................................................................... iHow to Read This Manual .....................................................................................1

Symbols .....................................................................................................................1Names of Major Functions .........................................................................................2

1. Transmission Mode

Sending at a Specific Time (Send Later) .............................................................3Sender Settings......................................................................................................5Priority Transmission............................................................................................8Confidential Transmission....................................................................................9Polling Transmission...........................................................................................11

Polling Transmission Clear Report...........................................................................13Polling Reception.................................................................................................14

Polling Reception Reserve Report ...........................................................................16Polling Reception Result Report ..............................................................................16

2. Checking and Canceling Transmission Files

Displaying Confirmation of Transmission.........................................................18Canceling a Transmission ..................................................................................19Deleting a Destination .........................................................................................20Adding a Destination ...........................................................................................21Changing Other Options .....................................................................................22

Changing the Transmission Time ............................................................................22Changing the SMTP Server Setting .........................................................................23

Printing a File .......................................................................................................24Resending a File ..................................................................................................25Printing a List of Files in Memory (Print TX File List).......................................26

3. Communication Information

Printing the Journal .............................................................................................27Journal .....................................................................................................................29

Checking the Transmission Result (TX File Status).........................................31Checking the Reception Result (RX File Status) ..............................................32Displaying the Memory Status............................................................................33Printing/Deleting Received and Stored Documents (Print/Delete Stored RX File) ...34

Printing Received and Stored Documents ...............................................................34Deleting Received and Stored Documents ..............................................................35

Printing a Confidential Document ......................................................................36Confidential File Report............................................................................................37

Printing a File Received with Memory Lock ......................................................38Personal Boxes....................................................................................................40

Personal Boxes ........................................................................................................40Printing Personal Box Documents ...........................................................................41

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page iii Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 6: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

iv

Information Boxes ...............................................................................................42Information Boxes ....................................................................................................42Storing Documents in Information Boxes.................................................................42Printing Information Box Documents........................................................................44Deleting Information Box Documents.......................................................................45

4. Other Transmission Features

Handy Dialing Functions.....................................................................................47Chain Dial.................................................................................................................47

(Example) 01133-1-555333...................................................................................47Redial .......................................................................................................................47

Advanced Features..............................................................................................49SUB Code ................................................................................................................49

SID Code...............................................................................................................50SEP Code ................................................................................................................50

PWD Code.............................................................................................................52Transfer Request .....................................................................................................52

With transfer requests set in the System Settings menu.......................................55On Hook Dial ........................................................................................................57Manual Dial ...........................................................................................................59Changing the Line Port .......................................................................................60Sub Transmission Mode .....................................................................................62

Book Fax ..................................................................................................................62Two-Sided Transmission (Double-Sided Transmission) ..........................................63Standard Message Stamp........................................................................................65Sending an Auto Document .....................................................................................66

Printing documents stored as Auto Documents ....................................................67Sending a Stored File...............................................................................................68

Sending stored documents....................................................................................68Printing stored documents.....................................................................................70

Stamp.......................................................................................................................73Transmission Options ..............................................................................................73

Fax Header Print ...................................................................................................74Label Insertion .......................................................................................................74Reduced Image Transmission...............................................................................75Auto Reduce..........................................................................................................75Default ID Transmission ........................................................................................75Selecting transmission options for a single transmission ......................................76

More Transmission Functions............................................................................78If Memory Runs Out While Storing an Original ........................................................78Parallel Memory Transmission.................................................................................78Automatic Redial ......................................................................................................79Batch Transmission..................................................................................................79Dual Access .............................................................................................................79Transmission with Image Rotation ...........................................................................79Simultaneous Broadcast ..........................................................................................80JBIG Transmission...................................................................................................80Transmitting Journal by E-mail.................................................................................81

Journal by e-mail ...................................................................................................81Printed Reports ....................................................................................................82

Memory Storage Report...........................................................................................82Communication Failure Report ................................................................................82

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page iv Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 7: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

v

5. Reception Features

Reception..............................................................................................................83Immediate Reception ...............................................................................................83Memory Reception ...................................................................................................84Substitute Reception ................................................................................................85

Receiving documents unconditionally ...................................................................85Receiving documents according to parameter-specified settings .........................86

Reception Functions ...........................................................................................87Transfer Station........................................................................................................87

Transfer Result Report ..........................................................................................88Transfer Result Report (transfer request by e-mail) ..............................................89

Forwarding Received Documents ............................................................................90Routing Received Documents with SUB Code ........................................................91Transferring Received Documents...........................................................................92SMTP Reception Using Internet Fax........................................................................93

Routing e-mail received via SMTP ........................................................................94JBIG Reception ........................................................................................................96Auto Fax Reception Power-Up.................................................................................96

Printing Options...................................................................................................97Print Completion Beep .............................................................................................97Checkered Mark.......................................................................................................97Center Mark .............................................................................................................97Reception Time ........................................................................................................98Two-Sided Printing...................................................................................................98

180-degree rotation printing ..................................................................................99Multi-Copy Reception...............................................................................................99Image Rotation.......................................................................................................100Combine Two Originals..........................................................................................100Page Separation and Length Reduction ...............................................................101Reverse Order Printing ..........................................................................................102Page Reduction......................................................................................................102TSI Print (Transmitting Subscriber Identification Print) ..........................................103If There Is No Paper of the Correct Size ................................................................103

Setting priority trays.............................................................................................104Just size printing..................................................................................................104Having incoming documents printed on paper from the bypass tray...................105

Where Incoming Documents Are Delivered - Output Tray.............................106Specifying Tray for Lines........................................................................................106Tray Shift................................................................................................................106

6. Fax via Computer

Sending Fax Documents from Computers ......................................................107Before Use .............................................................................................................108Installing the Software............................................................................................108

Auto run program.................................................................................................108Installing individual applications ..........................................................................109

Applications Stored on the CD-ROM .....................................................................109LAN-Fax Driver....................................................................................................109Address Book ......................................................................................................110LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor ...............................................................................110

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page v Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 8: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

vi

Setting LAN-Fax Driver Properties.........................................................................110Setting print properties ........................................................................................110Making Settings for Option Configuration............................................................111

Basic Transmission ................................................................................................112Specifying options ...............................................................................................115Confirming transmission results by e-mail...........................................................117

LAN-Fax Result Report ..........................................................................................118Printing and Saving ................................................................................................118Editing Address Book.............................................................................................118Editing Fax Cover Sheets ......................................................................................120

Creating a cover sheet ........................................................................................120Attaching a created cover sheet ..........................................................................121

LAN-Fax Operation Messages...............................................................................122Viewing Fax Information Using a Web Browser .............................................123

Viewing, Printing, and Deleting Received Fax Documents Using a Web Image Monitor...123Viewing received fax documents using a Web browser ......................................123Printing fax information using a Web browser .....................................................124Deleting fax information using a Web browser ....................................................125

Programming Destination Information from Web Browser.....................................125Delivering Files Received by Fax .....................................................................127

7. Simplifying the Operation

Programs ............................................................................................................129Registering and Changing Keystroke Programs ....................................................129

Registering a priority function using a program...................................................130Changing a program name..................................................................................131

Deleting a Program ................................................................................................131Using a Program ....................................................................................................132

Using the Document Server..............................................................................133Storing a Document ...............................................................................................134Changing Stored Document Information................................................................136Deleting a Stored Document ..................................................................................138Managing Documents Saved in the Document Server from a Computer ..............139

Using DeskTopBinder..........................................................................................139Using a Web browser ..........................................................................................140

8. Facsimile Features

Function List ......................................................................................................141Accessing User Tools (Facsimile Features)....................................................144

Quitting Default Settings ........................................................................................144General Settings/Adjustment .................................................................................145Reception Settings .................................................................................................147E-mail Settings .......................................................................................................148IP-Fax Settings.......................................................................................................150

Configuring the H.323 gatekeeper.......................................................................151Configuring the SIP server ..................................................................................151Registering or changing a gateway .....................................................................152Deleting a gateway ..............................................................................................153

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page vi Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 9: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

vii

9. Administrator Setting

Administrator Tools List ...................................................................................155Using Administrator Settings ...........................................................................157

Programming, Changing, and Deleting Standard Messages .................................157Storing, Changing, and Deleting an Auto Document .............................................158

Deleting an Auto Document.................................................................................159Programming, Changing and Deleting a Scan Size...............................................160

Deleting a scan size ............................................................................................161Printing Journal ......................................................................................................162Counters.................................................................................................................162Forwarding .............................................................................................................162

Programming an End Receiver ...........................................................................163Quitting the forwarding function...........................................................................164Forwarding Mark..................................................................................................165

Memory Lock..........................................................................................................165ECM (Error Correction Mode) ................................................................................166User Parameters ....................................................................................................167

Changing the User Parameters ...........................................................................171Printing the User Parameter List .........................................................................172

Special Senders to Treat Differently ......................................................................172Authorized Reception ..........................................................................................173Forwarding...........................................................................................................174Reception File Print Quantity...............................................................................174Print 2 Sided ........................................................................................................174Memory Lock .......................................................................................................175Paper Tray...........................................................................................................175Programming/Changing Special Senders ...........................................................175Programming Initial Set Up of a Special Sender .................................................178Deleting a Special Sender ...................................................................................180Printing the Special Sender List ..........................................................................181

Box Settings ...........................................................................................................181Programming/changing Personal Boxes .............................................................182Deleting Personal Boxes .....................................................................................184Programming/changing Information Boxes .........................................................185Deleting Information Boxes .................................................................................187Programming/changing Transfer Boxes ..............................................................188Deleting Transfer Boxes ......................................................................................190Printing the Box List.............................................................................................191

Transfer Report ......................................................................................................192Programming a Confidential ID ..............................................................................192Programming a Polling ID ......................................................................................193Programming a Memory Lock ID ...........................................................................194Selecting Dial/Push Phone.....................................................................................194Storing or Printing Received Documents ...............................................................195

Reception Report e-mail......................................................................................196Setting a User for Viewing Received and Stored Documents................................197Menu Protection Settings .......................................................................................198Folder Transfer Result Report................................................................................198

Folder Transfer Result Report by e-mail .............................................................199

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page vii Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 10: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

viii

10.Solving Operation Problems

If an Error Report Is Printed..............................................................................201Turning Off the Main Power / In the Event of Power Failure..........................202If an Error Occurs While Using Internet Fax ...................................................203

Error Mail Notification.............................................................................................203Error Report (E-Mail)..............................................................................................203Server-Generated Error E-mail ..............................................................................203

11.Appendix

Connecting the Machine to a Telephone Line and Telephone ......................205Connecting the Telephone Line .............................................................................205Selecting the Line Type..........................................................................................206Connecting the Optional Handset or an External Telephone.................................207

Optional Equipment...........................................................................................208Expansion Memory (32MB: DIMM) ........................................................................208Handset..................................................................................................................208Extra G3 Interface Unit ..........................................................................................208

Specifications.....................................................................................................209Compatible Machines.............................................................................................212Acceptable Types of Originals ...............................................................................212

Acceptable original sizes .....................................................................................212Original Sizes Difficult to Detect.............................................................................215

Maximum Values................................................................................................216

INDEX....................................................................................................... 217

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page viii Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 11: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

1

How to Read This Manual

Symbols

In this manual, the following symbols are used:

R WARNING:This symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation that might result indeath or serious injury if you misuse the machine without following the instruc-tions under this symbol. Be sure to read the instructions, all of which are includ-ed in “Safety Information”, General Settings Guide.

R CAUTION:This symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation that might result in mi-nor or moderate injury or property damage that does not involve personal injuryif you misuse the machine without following the instructions under this symbol.Be sure to read the instructions, all of which are included in “Safety Informa-tion”, General Settings Guide.* The statements above are notes for your safety.

ImportantIf this instruction is not followed, paper might be misfed, originals might bedamaged, or data might be lost. Be sure to read this.

PreparationThis symbol indicates information or preparations required prior to operating.

NoteThis symbol indicates precautions for operation, or actions to take after abnor-mal operation.

LimitationThis symbol indicates numerical limits, functions that cannot be used together,or conditions under which a particular function cannot be used.

ReferenceThis symbol indicates a reference.

[ ]Keys that appear on the machine's display panel.

[ ]Keys and buttons that appear on the computer's display.

{ }Keys built into the machine's control panel.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 1 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 12: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

2

Names of Major Functions

This machine's major functions are referred to in this manual as follows:• Internet Fax (by specifying an e-mail address) → Internet Fax• Internet Fax (by specifying an IP address) → IP-Fax

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 2 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 13: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

3

1. Transmission Mode

Sending at a Specific Time (Send Later)

Using this function, you can instructthe machine to delay transmission ofyour fax document until a specifiedlater time. This allows you to take ad-vantage of off-peak telephone chargeswithout having to be by the machine atthe time.

If you have a non-urgent fax, selectSend Later with Economy Transmissionwhen you scan it. Faxes are queued inmemory and sent during EconomyTransmission Time.

Important❒ If the machine is switched off for

about one hour, all fax documentsstored in memory are lost. If docu-ments are lost for this reason, aPower Failure Report is automati-cally printed when the operationswitch is turned on. Use this reportto identify lost documents.

Limitation❒ This function is unavailable with Im-

mediate Transmission. Use Memo-ry Transmission.

Note❒ You can specify up to 23 hours and

59 minutes.❒ If the current time shown is not cor-

rect, change it. See “Timer Settings”,General Settings Guide.

❒ Set the Economy Transmission Timeto coincide with off-peak call chargetime. See p.146 “Program EconomyTime”.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the Quick Op-eration key allows you to omit stepB. See p.145 “General Settings/Ad-justment”.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Transmission Mode].

C Press [Send Later].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 3 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 14: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Transmission Mode

4

1

D Enter the time using the number keysand select [AM] or [PM]. Then press[OK].

The specified time is shown abovethe highlighted [Send Later].

Note❒ Press [Economy Time] to specify

the economy time.❒ When entering numbers small-

er than 10, add a zero at the be-ginning.

❒ If you make a mistake, press [Clear]or the {Clear/Stop} key beforepressing [OK], and then try again.

❒ To cancel Send Later, press [Can-cel]. The display returns to thatof step C.

E Press [OK].The standby display appears.

Note❒ To check the settings, press [Trans-

mission Mode].

F Specify a destination, and then pressthe {Start} key.

Note❒ You can cancel the transmission

setup for Send Later. See p.19“Canceling a Transmission”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 4 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 15: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sender Settings

5

1

Sender Settings

This function tells receivers the faxsender's identity.If the sender's e-mail address is regis-tered in the destination list, the send-er can receive transmission results bye-mail.Also, if you enable the Stamp SenderName, the registered sender's name(user name) appears on the receiver'ssheet, lists, and report.

PreparationBefore using this function, you mustregister senders in the destinationlist and specify the User Name as[Sender]. See “Fax Destination”,General Settings Guide.

Note❒ If user authentication is set, the user

logged in is set as sender. The trans-mission result is sent to the logged-in user's e-mail address.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forSender Settings. Quick Operationkeys allow you to omit step B. Seep.145 “General Settings/Adjust-ment”.

❒ You can use Communication ResultReport, etc. to check usage status byspecified users. If user authentica-tion is set, you can check usage bylogged-in users. See p.162 “Print-ing Journal”. If User ID is set to send-er, you can count the number ofuses by each user. See “Authenti-cation Information”, General Set-tings Guide.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Transmission Mode].

C Press [Sender Settings].

D Select a sender.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 5 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 16: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Transmission Mode

6

1

Note❒ If a destination protection code

is set, the entry screen appears.Enter the protection code fordestination using the numberkeys, and then press [OK].

E Confirm the selected sender, and thenpress [OK].

F Select [On] or [Off] for the StampSender Name.

Printing on the Receiver's Sheet

If you enable this function, the send-er's name (user name) appears onthe receiver's sheet, lists, and report.A Select [On] for the Stamp Send-

er Name function.

Confirming transmission results by e-mail

If the sender's e-mail address isregistered you can specify whetheror not to send the transmission re-sult by e-mail to the sender. If youenable this function, the transmis-sion result is sent to the registeredmail address.

Note❒ If a user logs in with User ID,

the transmission result is sentby e-mail to the logged-in user.

❒ You can confirm transmissionresults by using both the E-mailTX Results function, whichsends the results by e-mail, andthe Communication Result Re-port printed by the machine.You can set whether to use bothof these together in User Param-eters. See p.167 “User Parame-ters” (switch 10, bit 6).

A Select [Yes] or [No] for the E-mail TX Results function.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 6 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 17: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sender Settings

7

1

G Press [OK].

The display returns to that of stepC.

Note❒ The selected sender's name ap-

pears above [Sender Settings].The sender name is displayed inup to 14 characters, followed byan ellipsis (. . . ).

H Press [OK].The standby display appears.

Note❒ To check the settings, press [Trans-

mission Mode].

I Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

Note❒ To cancel the Sender Settings, cancel

the transmission. See p.19 “Can-celing a Transmission”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 7 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 18: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Transmission Mode

8

1

Priority Transmission

Documents you send with MemoryTransmission are sent in the orderthey are scanned. Therefore, if severaldocuments are queued in memory,the next document will not be sentimmediately. However, by using thisfunction you can have your docu-ment sent before other queued docu-ments.

Limitation❒ This function is not available with

Immediate Transmission. If thisfunction is selected, the machineautomatically switches to MemoryTransmission.

Note❒ If there is already a document stored

with this function or a transmissionin progress, your document is sentafter that document is transmitted.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Transmission Mode].

C Press [Priority TX], and then press[OK].

The standby display appears.

Note❒ To check the settings, press [Trans-

mission Mode].

D Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

Note❒ Press [Change / Stop TX File] to

cancel the transmission. See p.19“Canceling a Transmission”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 8 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 19: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Confidential Transmission

9

1

Confidential Transmission

If you want to limit who views yourdocument, use this function. The doc-ument is stored in memory at the oth-er end and not printed until an ID isentered.

There are two types of ConfidentialTransmission:

❖ Default IDIt is not necessary to enter an IDwhen transmitting.The other party can print the docu-ment by entering the ConfidentialID programmed in their machine.

❖ ID Override: Should you want to send a confi-dential document to a particularperson at the other end, you canspecify the Confidential ID that thereceiver has to enter to see that docu-ment. Before you send the document,do not forget to tell the receiver theID that must be entered to print thedocument.

Limitation❒ The destination machine must be

of the same manufacturer and havethe Confidential Reception function.

❒ The destination machine must haveenough memory available.

❒ This function is not available withInternet Fax.

Note❒ It is recommended that you program

the Confidential ID in this machinebeforehand. See p.192 “Program-ming a Confidential ID”.

❒ An ID can be any 4-digit number(except 0000).

❒ If the destination machine is not ofthe same manufacturer, you canuse Confidential Transmission with“SUB Code”. See p.49 “SUB Code”.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Transmission Mode].

C Press [Confidential TX].

D Depending on the ConfidentialTransmission type, use one of thefollowing procedures:

GFSINS0N

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 9 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 20: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Transmission Mode

10

1

Default ID

A Check that [Default ID] is select-ed, and then press [OK].

Note❒ To cancel Confidential Trans-

mission, press [Cancel]. Thedisplay returns to that of stepC.

Override ID

A Select [ID Override].B Enter the Confidential ID (4-digit

number) using the number keys,and then press [OK].

“ID Override: ” and the enteredConfidential ID are shown abovethe highlighted [Confidential TX].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], and thentry again.

❒ To cancel Confidential Trans-mission, press [Cancel]. Thedisplay returns to that of stepC.

E Press [OK].The standby display appears.

Note❒ To check the settings, press [Trans-

mission Mode].

F Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

Note❒ You can cancel the transmission

setup for Confidential Transmission.See p.19 “Canceling a Transmis-sion”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 10 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 21: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Polling Transmission

11

1

Polling Transmission

Use Polling Transmission to leave anoriginal in the machine memory forothers to pick up. The document issent when the other party calls youup.

PreparationBefore using ID Polling Transmis-sion, you must register a PollingID. See p.193 “Programming aPolling ID”.

There are three types of Polling Trans-mission.

❖ Free Polling TransmissionIt is not necessary to enter the Poll-ing ID during the procedure.Anybody can poll the documentfrom your machine. The machinesends it regardless of whether Poll-ing ID's match.

❖ Default ID TransmissionIt is not necessary to enter the Poll-ing ID during the procedure.The document will only be sent ifthe Polling ID of the machine try-ing to poll your document is thesame as the Polling ID stored inyour machine. Make sure in ad-vance that both machines' PollingIDs are identical.

❖ ID Override TransmissionYou must enter an Override Poll-ing ID unique to the transmission.This ID overrides the ID stored inthe machine. The user must supplythis ID when they poll your ma-chine. If the IDs match, the docu-ment is sent. Make sure in advancethe other end knows the ID you areusing.

Limitation❒ Polling Transmission is allowed only

if the receiver's machine has thePolling Reception function.

❒ Usually, only machines of the samemanufacturer that support PollingReception can perform ID PollingTransmission. However, if the In-formation Box File function is used,and the other party's fax machinesupports Polling Transmission andthe SEP function, you can still carryout Polling Transmission with anID. See p.42 “Information Boxes”.

❒ This function is not available withInternet Fax.

Note❒ Free Polling and Default ID Trans-

mission allow only one file to bestored in memory.

❒ ID Override Polling Transmissionallows a file to be stored in memo-ry for each ID; you can store up to400 files by changing IDs.

❒ You can set whether a Polling Trans-mission file is deleted in User Param-eters. See p.167 “User Parameters”(switch 11, bit 7). To save a file forfrequent sending, set to “Standby(Save)”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 11 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 22: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Transmission Mode

12

1

❒ Polling Transmission Clear Reportallows you to verify Polling Trans-mission has taken place. See p.13“Polling Transmission Clear Re-port”.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using this key allowsyou to omit step B. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

❒ The communication fee is chargedto the receiver.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Transmission Mode].

C Press [Polling TX].

D Depending on the Polling Trans-mission mode, use one of the fol-lowing procedures:

Free Polling Transmission

A Check that [Free Polling TX] is se-lected.

Default ID Transmission

A Select [Default ID TX].

ID Override Transmission

A Select [ID Override Transmission].B Specify a 4-digit ID using the

number keys and [A], [B], [C],[D], [E], and [F].

Note❒ A Polling ID may be any four

numbers (0 to 9) and charac-ters (A to F), except 0000 andFFFF.

❒ If you make a mistake, press[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then try again.

E Press [Only Once] or [Save] to deleteor save the file after transmission.

Note❒ To delete the original immedi-

ately after transmission, select[Only Once].

❒ To repeatedly send the original,select [Save].

❒ To cancel Polling Transmission,press [Cancel]. The display returnsto that of step C.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 12 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 23: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Polling Transmission

13

1

F Press [OK].“pppppppppp” ap-pears.The type of Polling Transmission isshown above the highlighted [Poll-ing TX].

G Press [OK].

Note❒ To check the settings, press [Trans-

mission Mode].

H Press the {Start} key.

Note❒ You can cancel the transmission

setup for Polling Transmission.See p.19 “Canceling a Transmis-sion”.

Polling Transmission Clear Report

This report allows you to verify Poll-ing Transmission has taken place.If E-mail TX Results is programmedin a Quick Operation key, you can havethe report e-mail sent after transmission.See p.146 “Quick Operation Key”.

Limitation❒ This report is not printed if the

User Parameters are set to allowthe stored originals to be repeated-ly sent (Save). See p.167 “User Pa-rameters” (switch 11, bit 7).

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

with the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 03, bit6).

❒ You can have a portion of the sentimage printed on the report withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “UserParameters” (switch 04, bit 7).

❒ You can check the result of PollingTransmission with the Journal. Seep.27 “Printing the Journal”

❒ To view the report without text disrup-tion, select a font of even characterwidth in your e-mail application'ssettings.

❒ You can display a destination withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “UserParameters” (switch 04, bit 4).

❒ You can indicate the sender's namewith the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 04, bit5).

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 13 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 24: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Transmission Mode

14

1

Polling Reception

Use this function to poll a documentfrom another machine. You can alsopoll documents from many machineswith only one operation (use Groupsand Keystroke Programs to fully ex-ploit this function).

PreparationBefore using ID Polling Transmis-sion, you must register a Polling ID.See p.193 “Programming a PollingID”.

There are two types of Polling Recep-tion.

❖ Default ID/Free Polling ReceptionUse this method for Free Polling orDefault ID Polling. If the Polling IDis programmed in your machine,any document waiting in the trans-mitting machine with the same IDare received. If the other machinedoes not have any documents waitingwith the same Polling ID, any doc-uments that do not require ID arereceived (Free Polling).

❖ ID Override Polling ReceptionYou must enter an Override Polling IDunique to this transmission. This IDoverrides the one stored in this machine.Your machine will receive any doc-uments waiting in the transmittingmachine that have matching ID's.If no ID's match, any documentsthat do not require IDs are received(Free Polling).

Limitation❒ Polling Reception requires that the

other machine is capable of PollingTransmission.

❒ Usually, you can only receive doc-uments with a Polling ID from ma-chines of the same manufacturerthat support the polling function.However, if the other party's faxmachine supports Polling Trans-missions and the SEP function, andalso has stored IDs, you can stillperform Polling Reception. Seep.50 “SEP Code”.

❒ This function is not available withInternet Fax.

Note❒ To receive a document sent by De-

fault ID Polling Transmission or IDOverride Polling Transmission, itis necessary to specify the samePolling ID as the sender's. FreePolling Transmission does not re-quire the same Polling ID.

❒ Polling Result Report allows youto verify Polling Reception has tak-en place. See p.16 “Polling Recep-tion Result Report”.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the key allowsyou to omit step A. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 14 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 25: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Polling Reception

15

1

A Press [Transmission Mode].

B Press [Polling RX].

C Depending on which method youare using, select one of the follow-ing procedures:

Default ID/Free Polling Reception

A Check that [Default ID / Free Poll-ing RX] is selected, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ To cancel Polling Reception,

press [Cancel]. The displayreturns to that of step B.

ID Override Polling Reception

A Select [ID Override Polling Recep-tion].

B Specify a 4-digit ID using thenumber keys and [A], [B], [C],[D], [E], and [F], and then press[OK].

“ID Override: ” and the enteredPolling ID are shown above thehighlighted [Polling RX].

Note❒ A Polling ID may be any four

numbers (0 to 9) and charac-ters (A to F), except 0000 andFFFF.

❒ If you make a mistake, press[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], andthen try again.

❒ To cancel Polling Reception,press [Cancel]. The displayreturns to that of step B.

D Press [OK].The standby display appears.

E Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 15 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 26: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Transmission Mode

16

1

Polling Reception Reserve Report

This report is printed after Polling Re-ception is set up.

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

with the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 03, bit3).

❒ You can have a destination displayedwith the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 04, bit 4).

❒ You can display a sender name withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 5).

Polling Reception Result Report

This report is printed after each PollingReception is completed and shows itsresult.If E-mail TX Results is programmedin a Quick Operation key, you can se-lect whether a report e-mail is sent afterreception. See p.146 “Quick OperationKey”.

Note❒ You can also check the result of a

Polling Reception with the Journal.See p.27 “Printing the Journal”.

❒ You can turn this function on or offwith the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 03, bit4).

❒ To view the report without text dis-ruption, select a font of even charac-ter width in your e-mail application'ssettings.

❒ You can display a destination withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 4).

❒ You can display a sender name withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 5).

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 16 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 27: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

17

2. Checking and CancelingTransmission Files

After you have pressed the {Start} key (after scanning originals), you can checkand edit the destination or settings of Memory Transmission. You can also can-cel a transmission, change the settings of a transmission, print a stored file, printa list of stored files, and resend a file which the machine failed to transmit.• Memory Transmission • Internet Fax Transmission • Send Later• Sender Settings• Priority Transmission• Confidential Transmission • Polling Reception • Polling Transmission • Transfer Request

Note❒ If there are no files being sent, or stored by Memory Transmission, [Change /

Stop TX File] does not appear on the display.❒ You cannot check or edit a file being sent. Also a Confidential Transmission

file or stored file to be printed as a report cannot be checked or edited.❒ There are cases when a destination may not be selected as the destination ap-

pears as “*”, depending on the security settings.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 17 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 28: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Checking and Canceling Transmission Files

18

2

Displaying Confirmation of Transmission

A Press [Change / Stop TX File].

B Press [Check / Change Settings].

C Select a file to check.

Note❒ If multiple destinations were spec-

ified, only the destination select-ed first appears.

❒ If multiple destinations were spec-ified, only the number of destina-tions for unsent documents appears.

D Confirm a transmission, and thenpress [Exit].

E Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 18 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 29: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Canceling a Transmission

19

2

Canceling a Transmission

You can cancel transmission of a filewhile the file is being sent, stored inmemory, or fails to transmit. All thescanned data is deleted from memory.You can cancel a file for MemoryTransmission. This function is usefulto cancel a transmission when younotice a mistake in destination orwith the originals after storing. Tocancel Memory Transmission, searchfor the file to be canceled among thefiles stored in memory, and then de-lete it.

Note❒ If you cancel a transmission while

the file is being sent, some pages ofyour file may have already been sentand is received at the other end.

❒ If the transmission finishes while youare carrying out this procedure,transmission cannot be canceled.

A Press [Change / Stop TX File].

BMake sure [Stop Transmission] is se-lected.

C Select a file whose transmission youwant to cancel.

Note❒ To display only the files being

sent, press [Files under TX].❒ If multiple destinations were spec-

ified, only the number of desti-nations for unsent documentsappears.

❒ If multiple destinations were speci-fied, only one destination numberappears. To display all destinations,press [Check / Change Settings].

D Press [Stop Transmission].The selected file is deleted.

Note❒ To cancel stopping transmission,

press [Save].❒ To cancel another transmission,

repeat from step C.

E Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 19 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 30: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Checking and Canceling Transmission Files

20

2

Deleting a Destination

You can delete destinations.

Note❒ If you delete a destination that is

the only destination for a transmis-sion, the transmission is canceled.

A Press [Change / Stop TX File].

B Press [Check / Change Settings].

C Select the file from which you wantto delete a destination.

D Press [Change] for the destinationyou want to delete.

Note❒ Pressing switches the des-

tination between fax number,Internet Fax address and IP-Faxaddress.

E Press [Clear] to delete the destina-tion.

Note❒ Pressing [Clear] deletes by single

digits the fax number or IP-Faxaddress entered using the numberkeys. The Internet Fax addresscan be entirely deleted at onceby pressing [Clear].

F Press [Exit].

Note❒ To delete another destination, re-

peat from step C.

G Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 20 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 31: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Adding a Destination

21

2

Adding a Destination

Note❒ A destination cannot be added us-

ing a destination list.

A Press [Change / Stop TX File].

B Press [Check / Change Settings].

C Select the file to which you wantto add a destination.

D Press [Add].

Note❒ Pressing switches the des-

tination between fax number,Internet Fax address and IP-Faxaddress.

E Specify the destination using thenumber keys or soft (on-screen)keys.

Note❒ To add an e-mail address, press

[Manual Input], and then specifythe destination.

❒ You can also program a SUB Codeor SEP Code by pressing [Adv.Features].

F Press [Exit].

Note❒ Repeat steps C through E, if you

want to add another destina-tion.

G Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 21 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 32: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Checking and Canceling Transmission Files

22

2

Changing Other Options

Changing the Transmission Time

You can change the transmission timespecified with Send Later. See p.3 “Send-ing at a Specific Time (Send Later)”.You can also delete the transmissiontime. If the transmission time is deleted,the file is transmitted immediately.

A Press [Change / Stop TX File].

B Press [Check / Change Settings].

C Select the file for which you wantto change or cancel the transmis-sion time.

D The recipient appears.

E Press [Change TX Time].

F Press [Clear], and then re-enter thetransmission time using the numberkeys or select [Economy Time], andthen press [OK].

Note❒ If you select [Economy Time], the

economy time already specifiedis entered. See p.145 “GeneralSettings/Adjustment”.

❒ If you press [Transmit Now], thefile is transmitted immediately.However, if there is a file on stand-by, that file is sent first.

G Press [Exit].

Note❒ Repeat from step C, if you want

to change another transmissiontime.

H Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 22 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 33: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Changing Other Options

23

2

Changing the SMTP Server Setting

You can change the settings for whetheror not to bypass the SMTP server. Seep.70 “Bypassing the SMTP Server”,Facsimile Reference <Basic Features>.

A Press [Change / Stop TX File].

B Press [Check / Change Settings].

C Select a file whose SMTP server set-ting you want to change.

D Press [Change].

E Press [SMTP].

F Select [Yes] or [No], and then press[Exit].

G Press [Exit].

Note❒ Repeat from step C to change the

SMTP server settings of otherrecipients.

H Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 23 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 34: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Checking and Canceling Transmission Files

24

2

Printing a File

If you want to check the contents of afile that is stored in memory and notyet sent, use this procedure to print itout.

Note❒ Confidential Transmission files are

displayed, but cannot be printed.❒ You can also print files that have

not been successfully transmitted.

A Press [Change / Stop TX File].

B Press [Print File].

C Select the file you want to print.

Note❒ If multiple destinations were spec-

ified, only the number of desti-nations for unsent documentsappears.

❒ If you want two-sided printing,press [Print 2 Sides].

❒ To cancel printing, press [Cancel].The display returns to that ofstep C.

D Press the {Start} key.

Note❒ To cancel printing after pressing

the {Start} key, press [Stop Print-ing]. The display returns to thatof step C.

E Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

Note❒ Repeat from step C, if you want

to print another file.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 24 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 35: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Resending a File

25

2

Resending a File

Machine memory stores documentsthat could not be successfully trans-mitted using Memory Transmission.Use this procedure to resend thesedocuments.

PreparationSet “Store documents in memorythat could not be transmitted” to“On” in User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 24, bit0).

Note❒ Files that could not be transmitted

are kept for either 24 or 72 hoursdepending on how you programthis function. See p.167 “User Pa-rameters” (switch 24, bit 1).

A Press [Change / Stop TX File].

B Press [Transmit Failed File].

C Select the file you want to resend.“TX failed” is displayed for filesthat could not be sent.

Note❒ If multiple destinations were spec-

ified, only the destination youspecify first appears.

❒ If multiple destinations were spec-ified, only the number of destina-tions for unsent documents appears.

❒ To add a destination, press [Add],and then specify the destination.

D Press [OK].

Note❒ To cancel transmissions, press [Can-

cel]. The display returns to thatof step C.

❒ Repeat from step C to resend an-other file.

E Press [Exit].The standby display appears.Transmission starts.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 25 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 36: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Checking and Canceling Transmission Files

26

2

Printing a List of Files in Memory (Print TX File List)

Print this list if you want to find outwhich files are stored in memory andwhat their file numbers are. Knowingthe file number can be useful (for ex-ample when erasing files).

Note❒ The contents of a file stored in mem-

ory can also be printed. See p.24“Printing a File”.

❒ You can display a sender name withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 5).

A Press [Change / Stop TX File].

B Press [Print List].

Note❒ To cancel printing before press-

ing the {Start} key, press [Can-cel]. The display returns to thatof step B.

C Press the {Start} key.

Note❒ To cancel printing after pressing

the {Start} key, press [Stop Print-ing]. The display returns to thatof step B.

D Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 26 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 37: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

27

3. CommunicationInformation

Printing the Journal

The Journal contains informationabout the last 50 communications(maximum) made by your machine. Itis printed automatically after every 50communications (receptions and trans-missions).You can also print a copy of the Jour-nal at any time by using the followingprocedure.If the machine is equipped with theoptional extra G3 interface unit, youcan print the Journal of each line type.

Important❒ The contents of a Journal printed au-

tomatically are deleted after printing.Keep the journal if you require arecord of transmissions and recep-tions. You can check a total of 200communications (receptions andtransmissions) on the display.

❖ AllPrints the results of communica-tions in the order made.

❖ Print per File No.Prints only the results of commu-nications specified by file number.

❖ Print per UserPrints the results of communica-tions by individual senders.

Note❒ The sender name column of the Jour-

nal is useful when you need to pro-gram a special sender. See p.172“Special Senders to Treat Differ-ently”.

❒ You can set whether the Journal isautomatically printed after every50 communications in User Param-eters. See p.167 “User Parameters”(switch 03, bit 7).

❒ You can display a sender name withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 5).

❒ You can set whether the Journal isprinted by line type. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 19, bit 1).

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the key allowsyou to omit step A. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

❒ Depending on security settings, thedestination may not appear.

A Press [Information].

B Press [Print Journal].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 27 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 38: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

28

3

C Select a printing mode.

All

A Select [All].

Print per File No.

A Select [Print per File No.].B Enter a 4-digit file number.

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then try again.

Printing per User

A Select [Print per User].B Select a user.

Note❒ Press [Cancel] if the user is not

registered. The display returnsto that of step C.

❒ Press [Clear] to return to theprevious screen if a wrong username is selected.

C Press [OK] after checking the username shown on the display.

Note❒ Press [Cancel] if a wrong user

name is selected. The displayreturns to that of step C.

D Press the {Start} key.

Note❒ To cancel a file printing, press

[Stop Printing]. The display re-turns to that of step C.

E Press [Exit] twice.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 28 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 39: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Printing the Journal

29

3

Journal

1. Printing dateShows the date and time the report wasprinted.

2. Programmed Fax HeaderShows the sender name programmed forprinting.

3. DateShows the transmission or reception date.

4. TimeShows the transmission or reception starttime.

5. Other end

❖ For fax destinations• Shows the name (for display) pro-

grammed by the other end.• Shows the programmed fax number

if the name (for display) was notprogrammed.

• If neither name nor fax number wasprogrammed by the other end, anentered fax number or a name pro-grammed in a destination list isshown for transmissions.

Note❒ To prioritize a fax number or name

programmed in the destinationlist, contact your service represen-tative.

ADJ102S

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 29 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 40: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

30

3

❖ For Internet Fax destinationsAt time of transmission, it shows thee-mail address or name programmedin the destination list. At time of re-ception, it shows the e-mail address ofthe sender.At time of broadcasting transmission,it shows the number of destinationsafter the e-mail addresses or names ofdestination.

Note❒ When documents are transmitted

from the computer to the machine,--LAN-Fax --> appears. To check ifthe documents are sent to the re-ceiver, confirm the same File No.

❖ For IP-Fax destinationsShows the IP-Fax destination or nameprogrammed in the destination list.The fax destination details appear onthe reception report.

❖ For Folder destinationsShows the name programmed in thedestination list for forwarding.

6. Communication mode• For fax transmissions and receptions

After “T” for outgoing faxes or “R” forincoming faxes, the communicationmode appears in alphabetical lettersor symbols. If the optional extra G3 in-terface unit is installed, “G3-1”, “G3-2”, or “G3-3” appears.

• For Internet Fax transmissions and re-ceptions After , and “T” for outgoing e-mailor “R” for incoming e-mail, the com-munication mode appears in alpha-betical letters or symbols. Outgoing e-mail set for Reception Notice of E-mailOptions is indicated by a “Q”, where-as “A” appears with reception noticee-mails.

• For IP-Fax transmissions and receptionsAfter , and “T” for outgoing faxesor “R” for incoming faxes, the com-munication mode appears in alpha-betical letters or symbols.

• For forwarding to the folder destinationsShows (folder mark).

7. Communication timeShows time taken for transmissions or re-ceptions.

8. Number of pagesShows the number of pages transmittedor received.

9. Communication resultShows the result of transmissions or re-ceptions.OK: All pages were properly transmittedor received. When Reception Notice is ac-tivated using the Internet Fax E-mail Op-tions, receipt of Reception Notice is shown.The results of received documents thatwere routed are preceded by “+”. --: The Internet Fax document was sent tothe mail server programmed in this ma-chine. (However , this does not mean thee-mail was delivered.) When using LAN-Fax, the results of communication from acomputer to this machine are shown.Error: A communication error occurred.D: Power was disconnected during com-munication. Not all fax documents weretransmitted.

10. User nameShows the sender's name.

11. File numberShows file management numbers.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 30 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 41: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Checking the Transmission Result (TX File Status)

31

3

Checking the Transmission Result (TX File Status)

You can browse a part of the Journalon the display.

Note❒ Only the transmission result of the

last 200 communications (receptionsand transmissions) are shown.

❒ You can view sent fax documentsand their lists, using a networkcomputer Web Image Monitor. Fordetails, see the Web Image Moni-tor's Help.

❒ If a transmission is completed whileyou are using this function, the re-sult will not appear. To view thelatest result, exit TX File Status,and then try again.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the key allowsyou to omit step A. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

A Press [Information].

B Select [TX File Status].

C Check the transmission results.

Transmission results are displayed,from the latest result down, in groupsof six.

Note❒ When a fax is sent, “Destination”

shows the Own Fax Number orFax Header information of thereceiver. The e-mail addressand name programmed in thedestination list appears in the“To” field of the sent InternetFax document. For a transmis-sion from a computer, “-- LAN-Fax -->” is shown.

❒ Depending on security settings,the destination may appear as *.

D Press [Exit] twice.The standby display appears.

Note❒ When documents are transmitted

from the computer to the ma-chine, --LAN-Fax --> appears.To check if the documents aresent to the receiver, confirm thesame File No.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 31 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 42: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

32

3

Checking the Reception Result (RX File Status)

You can browse a part of the Journalon the display.

Note❒ Only the reception result of the last

200 communications (receptionsand transmissions) are shown.

❒ You can view received fax documentsand their lists, using a networkcomputer Web Image Monitor. Fordetails, see the Web Image Moni-tor's Help.

❒ If a document is received while youare using this function, the resultwill not appear. To view the latestresult, exit RX File Status, and thentry again.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the key allowsyou to omit step A. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

A Press [Information].

B Press [RX File Status].

C Check the reception results.

Reception results are displayed,from the latest result, in groups ofsix.

Note❒ When a fax or IP-Fax is received,

Transmission Station shows thesender's fax number or Fax Headerinformation. The sender's e-mailaddress appears in the “From”field of received Internet Faxes.

D Press [Exit] twice.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 32 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 43: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Displaying the Memory Status

33

3

Displaying the Memory Status

Use this function to display a summa-ry of current memory usage. Itemsshown are the percentage of free mem-ory space, the number of received con-fidential documents, the number offiles to be sent, the number of Memo-ry Lock files and the number of re-ceived documents to be printed.

A Press [Information].

B Press [Memory Status].

C Check the memory status.

Note❒ “Others” is displayed when:

• storing attachment files. Seep.66 “Sending an Auto Docu-ment”.

• storing Reception Request files.See p.52 “Transfer Station”.

• storing originals in the Informa-tion Boxes. See p.42 “StoringDocuments in InformationBoxes”.

• sending to the Personal Box.See p.41 “Printing PersonalBox Documents”.

❒ If you made the machine save re-ceived documents on the hard disk,see “RX Print Standby File” onthe display to check the number.

D Press [Exit] twice.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 33 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 44: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

34

3

Printing/Deleting Received and Stored Documents (Print/Delete Stored RX File)

The optional printer/scanner unit is required.

You can print documents that are receivedand stored on the hard disk. You canalso delete unwanted documents.

PreparationMake the settings for received andstored documents before using thisfunction. See p.195 “Storing orPrinting Received Documents”.

Note❒ If you have selected to store re-

ceived documents and specified ane-mail address for notification ofreceipt, fax reception notificationcan be sent to that e-mail address.See p.196 “Reception Report e-mail”.

❒ You can store up to 400 receiveddocuments on the hard disk.

❒ You can view and print receivedand stored documents using aWeb Image Monitor or DeskTop-Binder. See p.123 “Viewing Fax In-formation Using a Web Browser”or the DeskTopBinder's manualsand Help.

Printing Received and Stored Documents

Use the following procedure to printdocuments saved on the hard disk.

Note❒ This function allows you to print

only received and stored documents.❒ You cannot print and delete received

documents using the DocumentServer function.

❒ You can specify and print multipledocuments. You can specify a max-imum of 30 documents at one time.

A Press [Information].

B Press [Print / Delete Stored RX File].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 34 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 45: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Printing/Deleting Received and Stored Documents (Print/Delete Stored RX File)

35

3

C Select a file to be printed, and thenpress [Print].

Note❒ To cancel printing, press [Cancel].❒ To delete the document after print-

ing, press [Delete File after Print-ing].

❒ To perform two-sided printing,press [Print on 2 Sides] beforepressing the {Start} key.

D Select the printing mode, and thenpress the {Start} key.

E Press [Exit] twice.The standby display appears.

Deleting Received and Stored Documents

Use the following procedure to deletedocuments stored on the hard disk.

Note❒ You cannot delete a document while

another person is previewing orprinting it using a Web ImageMonitor or DeskTopBinder.

❒ You can specify and delete multi-ple documents. You can specify amaximum of 30 documents at onetime.

A Press [Information].

B Press [Print / Delete Stored RX File].

C Select a file to be deleted, and thenpress [Delete].

D Press [Yes].

Note❒ To cancel a deletion, press [No].

The display returns to that ofstep C.

E Press [Exit] twice.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 35 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 46: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

36

3

Printing a Confidential Document

This function is designed to preventunauthorized users from readingyour documents. If someone sendsyou a document using ConfidentialTransmission, it is stored in memorybut not automatically printed. Toprint the document you have to enterthe Confidential ID Code. When yourmachine has received a confidentialdocument, the Confidential File (i)indicator lights.

PreparationBefore using this function, pro-gram your Confidential ID. Seep.192 “Programming a Confiden-tial ID”.

Important❒ If the main power switch is off for

about an hour, all confidential doc-uments are deleted. When thishappens, the Power Failure Reportis printed so you can confirm whichdocuments have been deleted. Seep.202 “Turning Off the Main Pow-er / In the Event of Power Failure”.

Limitation❒ You must program the Confiden-

tial ID for Confidential Receptionto work.

❒ This function is not available withInternet Fax.

Note❒ You can program one of the Quick

Operation keys with operations forthis function. Using the key allowsyou to omit step B. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

A Confirm that the Confidential Fileindicator is lit.

B Press [Information].

C Press [Print Confidential RX File].

Note❒ If no confidential documents

have been received, the mes-sage “No reception file.” isshown. Press [Exit].

D Enter a 4-digit Confidential ID usingthe number keys, and then pressthe {Start} key.

The Confidential ID differs dependingon the Sender's specifications.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 36 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 47: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Printing a Confidential Document

37

3

Note❒ You must enter the Confidential

ID programmed in this machine,if the received file has no Confi-dential ID.

❒ You must enter the ConfidentialID programmed by the sender.Confirm the sender's Confiden-tial ID in advance.

❒ If the Confidential IDs or PersonalConfidential IDs do not match,the message “No receptionfile under specified Con-fidential ID.” appears. Press[Exit] to cancel the operation,and then check the ConfidentialID or Personal Confidential IDwith the other party, and thentry again.

E Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

-If you cannot print confidential files even if the Confidential File (i) indicator is lit.

The Confidential File indicator alsolights if the machine received a docu-ment with a SUB Code. Check thePersonal Boxes.

Note❒ Print from the Personal Box when

a file is sent from another partywith a SUB Code attached. See p.41“Printing Personal Box Docu-ments”.

Confidential File Report

When this function is turned on, thisreport is printed whenever your ma-chine receives a confidential docu-ment.

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

with the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 04, bit0).

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 37 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 48: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

38

3

Printing a File Received with Memory Lock

This is a security function designed toprevent unauthorized users fromreading your documents. If MemoryLock is switched on, all received doc-uments are stored in memory and arenot automatically printed. To printthe documents, you have to enter theMemory Lock ID Code. When yourmachine has received a documentwith Memory Lock, the ConfidentialFile (i) indicator blinks.

PreparationBefore using this function, pro-gram your Memory Lock ID. Seep.194 “Programming a MemoryLock ID”.Before using this function, set Memo-ry Lock to On. See p.175 “MemoryLock”.

Important❒ If the main power switch is turned

off for about an hour, all docu-ments protected by Memory Lockare deleted. When this happens,the Power Failure Report is print-ed so you can confirm which docu-ments have been deleted. See p.202“Turning Off the Main Power / Inthe Event of Power Failure”.

Note❒ If Memory Lock and received doc-

ument storage are both set to on,Memory Lock is unavailable andreceived documents become storeddocuments. For details, see p.195“Storing or Printing Received Doc-uments” and p.34 “Printing/De-le t in g R ec e i v e d a nd S t o r e dDocuments (Print/Delete StoredRX File)”.

❒ Even when Memory Lock is avail-able, if free memory is insufficient,reception is not possible.

❒ You can also apply a Memory Lockto documents that come only fromcertain senders. See p.175 “Program-ming/Changing Special Senders”.

❒ Documents received by Polling Re-ception are automatically printedeven if this function is switched on.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the key allowsyou to omit step B. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

A Confirm that the Confidential Fileindicator is blinking.

B Press [Information].

C Press [Print Memory Lock].

Note❒ If no documents were received

while Memory Lock was switchedon, the message “No receptionfile.” is shown. Press [Exit] .

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 38 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 49: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Printing a File Received with Memory Lock

39

3

D Enter a 4-digit Memory Lock ID withthe number keys, and then pressthe {Start} key.

Note❒ If the Memory Lock ID does not

match, the message “Speci-fied code does not corre-spond to programmed MemoryLock ID.” appears. Press [Exit]and retry after checking the Mem-ory Lock ID.

E Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 39 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 50: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

40

3

Personal Boxes

PreparationBefore using this function, set thePersonal Box in advance. See p.182“Programming/changing Person-al Boxes”.

Personal Boxes

This function lets you set up the ma-chine so that incoming documentsaddressed to certain users are storedin memory instead of being printedout immediately. Each user must be assigned a SUBCode (Personal Code) that was desig-nated as a Personal Box beforehand.When the other party sends their doc-ument, they specify the SUB Code ofthe receiver. When the document isreceived, it is stored in the PersonalBox with the matching SUB Code.This enables several individuals ordepartments to share a single fax ma-chine yet be able to differentiate be-tween documents. Furthermore, ifyou specify a receiver for the PersonalBox, instead of being stored in memo-ry, incoming documents with thisSUB Code appended are forwardeddirectly to the destination you speci-fy. You can specify a fax number, e-mail address or IP-Fax destination asthe receiver. See p.182 “Program-ming/changing Personal Boxes” fordetails about programming receivers.

For details about the SUB Code, seep.181 “Box Settings”.

• To be able to receive documents intoa Personal Box, you must informthe sender of the SUB Code pro-grammed for that Personal Boxand ask them to send the docu-ment using SUB Code Transmis-sion with that SUB Code. See p.49“SUB Code”.

• When documents have been receivedinto Personal Boxes, the Confiden-tial Reception/Memory Lock indi-cator lights and the ConfidentialFile Report is printed. See p.37“Confidential File Report”.

• If a receiver is assigned, the deliv-ered document is deleted.

• If a receiver is not assigned, you canprint the received documents onthis machine. See p.41 “PrintingPersonal Box Documents”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 40 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 51: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Personal Boxes

41

3

Printing Personal Box Documents

Follow these steps to print a docu-ment received into a Personal Box.

Note❒ If you print a Personal Box docu-

ment, it is deleted.

AMake sure that the ConfidentialFile indicator is lit.

B Press [Information].

C Press [Print Personal Box File].

D Select the box with the documentyou want to print.

When a password is required

The display appears, when the se-lected Personal Box password isset in advance.

Note❒ The password is programmed

in “Administrator Tools”. Seep.182 “Programming/chang-ing Personal Boxes”.

A Enter the password, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], andthen try again.

❒ To cancel entering a password,press [Cancel]. The displayreturns to that of step D.

E Press the {Start} key.

Note❒ To stop printing, press [Stop Print-

ing]. The display returns to thatof step D.

F Press [Exit].

Note❒ To print a document in another

Personal Box, repeat from stepD.

G Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 41 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 52: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

42

3

Information Boxes

PreparationBefore using this function, set theInformation Box in advance. Seep.185 “Programming/changingInformation Boxes”.

Information Boxes

Use the Information Box function toset up the machine as a DocumentServer. By scanning documents intoInformation Boxes, other parties canreceive these documents wheneverthey request them.For details about the SEP Code, seep.181 “Box Settings”.

• You can program documents forthis function with “Store / Delete/ Print Information Box File”. Seep.42 “Storing Documents in Infor-mation Boxes” .

• For other parties to be able to re-trieve a document programmed inan Information Box, you need toinform them of the SEP Code as-signed to that Information Box.

• When an SEP Code Polling Recep-tion request is made by anotherparty, the SEP Code they specify ismatched against the SEP Codesprogrammed in that InformationBoxes. If a code matches, the docu-ment stored in the Information Boxis sent to the other party automati-cally. See p.50 “SEP Code”.

• You can check the contents of In-formation Boxes with “Store / De-lete / Print Information Box File”.See p.44 “Printing Information BoxDocuments”.

• You can set a password for Informa-tion Boxes in advance. A passwordcan be set in “Administrator Tools”.See p.185 “Programming/chang-ing Information Boxes”.

Storing Documents in Information Boxes

Follow these steps to store a docu-ment in an Information Box.

Note❒ One Information Box stores one file.❒ The stored file is not deleted auto-

matically. If you want to delete astored file, see p.45 “Deleting In-formation Box Documents”.

A Press [Information].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 42 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 53: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Information Boxes

43

3

B Press [Store / Delete / Print InformationBox File].

C Select the box in which you want tostore the file.

Note❒ When there are pre-programmed

files, a file mark is displayed atthe end of the Box Name.

❒ A message is displayed if youselect a box with a file stored init. Press [Yes] when changingthe file. The stored original fileis overwritten.

When a password is required

A Enter the password, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], and thentry again.

❒ To cancel entering a password,press [Cancel]. The displayreturns to that of step C.

D Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Note❒ You can also select the following

settings:• Book Fax• 2 Sided Original (The option-

al ADF is required.)• Stamp (The optional ADF is

required.)

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

E Press the {Start} key.The machine starts to scan the orig-inal.To stop scanning, press [Stop Scan-ning]. The display returns to that ofstep C.

F Press [Exit].

Note❒ To store a document in another

Information Box, repeat fromstep C.

G Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 43 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 54: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

44

3

Printing Information Box Documents

Follow these steps to print a docu-ment stored in an Information Box.

A Press [Information].

B Press [Store / Delete / Print InformationBox File].

C Press [Print File].

D Select the box that contains thestored file you want to print.

Note❒ You cannot select a box that has

no stored file.

When a password is required

A Enter the password, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], and thentry again.

❒ To cancel entering a password,press [Cancel]. The displayreturns to that of step D.

E Press the {Start} key.

Note❒ If you want two-sided printing,

press [Print 2 Sides] before press-ing the {Start} key.

❒ To stop printing before pressingthe {Start} key, press [Cancel].The display returns to that ofstep D.

❒ To stop printing after pressingthe {Start} key, press [Stop Print-ing]. The display returns to thatof step D.

F Press [Exit].

Note❒ Repeat from step D to print an-

other stored file in the box.

G Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 44 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 55: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Information Boxes

45

3

Deleting Information Box Documents

Follow these steps to delete a filestored in an Information Box.

A Press [Information].

B Press [Store / Delete / Print InformationBox File].

C Press [Delete File].

D Select the box that contains thestored file you want to delete.

When a password is required

A Enter the password, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], and thentry again.

❒ To cancel entering a password,press [Cancel]. The displayreturns to that of step D.

E Press [Delete].

Note❒ To stop deleting, press [Do not De-

lete]. The display returns to thatof step D.

F Press [Exit].

Note❒ Repeat from step D to delete an-

other stored file in another box.

G Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 45 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 56: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Communication Information

46

3

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 46 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 57: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

47

4. Other Transmission Features

Handy Dialing Functions

Chain Dial

This allows you to compose a tele-phone number from various parts,some of which may be stored in Des-tination keys and some of which maybe entered using the number keys.

Limitation❒ You cannot use this function with

Internet Fax transmission.

Note❒ The total number of digits that can

be entered is up to 128 using Desti-nation keys and number keys.

❒ For Memory Transmission and Im-mediate Transmission, insert apause between parts of a number.For On Hook Dial and Manual Di-al, no pause is needed.

❒ The Advanced Features functionprogrammed in the destination listis unavailable.

(Example) 01133-1-555333

Assume that 01133 is stored in a Des-tination key.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

B Press the Destination key that isprogrammed “01133”.

C Press the {Pause/Redial} key.

D Enter {1}, {5}, {5}, {5}, {3}, {3},{3} using the number keys.

E Press the {Start} key.

Redial

The machine stores the last 10 desti-nations specified in each transmissionmethod. This function saves timewhen you are sending to the samedestination repeatedly, as you do nothave to enter the destination again.

Limitation❒ The following kinds of destinations

are not stored:• Destinations specified using the

destination list• Destinations specified as a group

destination• Destinations dialed as Receiving

Stations for Transfer Request • Destinations dialed using the ex-

ternal telephone• Destinations dialed by Redial

(regarded as already stored inmemory)

• Second and later destinationsbroadcasted to

• Destinations specified in the LAN-Fax Driver on the computer

❒ To redial a fax number, do not dialany numbers before you press the{Pause/Redial} key. If you press the{Pause/Redial} key after enteringnumbers using the number keys, apause is entered instead.

Note❒ You can specify Internet Fax and

IP-Fax destinations using the Redi-al function. Select this function be-fore pressing [Manual Input].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 47 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 58: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

48

4

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

B Press the {Pause/Redial} key.

C Select the destination you want toredial to.

Note❒ When the date and time the origi-

nal was scanned appears as akey, select by pressing it.

❒ When you press [ProgDest], youcan register a selected recipientin the destination list. See p.45“Registering Entered Destina-tions to the Address Book”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 48 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 59: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Advanced Features

49

4

Advanced Features

SUB Code

Normally you can only use ConfidentialTransmission to send documents tofax machines of the same manufactur-er that have the Confidential Recep-tion function. See p.9 “ConfidentialTransmission”. However, if the othermachine supports a similar functioncalled “SUB Code”, you can send faxdocuments to the other party usingthis method instead.For details about the SUB Code, seep.181 “Box Settings”.

Limitation❒ A SUB Code cannot be used with

Internet Fax.

Note❒ The ID can be up to 20 digits long.❒ You can enter numbers, *, #, and

spaces to program an ID. ❒ Make sure the number of digits in

the ID matches the specification ofthe machine to which you are send-ing.

❒ You can store IDs in the destina-tion list and Programs. See “FaxDestination”, General SettingsGuide. See p.129 “Registering andChanging Keystroke Programs”.

❒ The SUB Code is printed on all re-ports. This is possible only if theSUB Code is specified in [Adv. Fea-tures] using the number keys.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Enter the fax number of a destina-tion or an IP-Fax destination.

C Press [Adv. Features].

D Press [SUB Code].

E Press [TX SUB Code].

F Enter a SUB Code, and then press[OK].

“SUB Code” appears one line above[Adv. Features] on the display.

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press [Can-

cel] or the {Clear/Stop} key beforepressing [OK], and then try again.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 49 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 60: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

50

4

G To enter a password, press [Pass-word (SID)].

H Enter the password with the numberkeys, and then press [OK].

I Press [Exit].

J Press the {Start} key.

Note❒ If you use Immediate Transmis-

sion and the fax machine at thedestination does not supportthe SUB Code function, a mes-sage will appear on the displayto inform you of this. When thishappens, press [OK] to cancelthe transmission.

SID Code

There are times when you may wantto use an “SID” (Sender ID) whensending confidential faxes with theSUB Code function. When you use aPersonal Box that has a password, en-ter the SID Code as the password.

Note❒ The ID can be up to 20 digits long.❒ You can enter numbers, *, #, and

spaces to program an ID.❒ You can store IDs in the destination

list and Programs. See p.129 “Regis-tering and Changing KeystrokePrograms”. See “Fax Destination”,General Settings Guide.

❒ The SID Code is printed on all re-ports. This is possible only if theSID Code is specified in [Adv. Fea-tures] using the number keys.

SEP Code

Normally you can only use PollingReception to receive faxes from ma-chines that have the Polling Receptionfunction and the same manufacturer.However, if a machine of anothermanufacturer supports Polling Re-ception, you can receive fax docu-ments from the other party using thismethod instead. You can receive documents that havethe same SEP Code as the SEP Codeyou entered.For details about the SEP Code, seep.181 “Box Settings”.

Limitation❒ A SEP Code cannot be used with

Internet Fax.

Note❒ The ID can be up to 20 digits long.❒ Make sure the number of digits in

the ID matches the one set on themachine from which you are receiving.

❒ You can enter numbers, *, #, and spac-es to program an ID.

❒ You can store IDs in the destinationlist and Programs. See “Fax Desti-nation”, General Settings Guide. Seep.129 “Registering and ChangingKeystroke Programs”.

❒ The SEP Code is printed on all re-ports. This is possible only if theSEP Code is specified in [Adv. Fea-tures] using the number keys.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 50 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 61: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Advanced Features

51

4

A Enter the fax number of a destina-tion or an IP-Fax destination.

B Press [Adv. Features].

C Press [SEP Code].

D Press [RX SEP Code].

E Enter a SEP Code, and then press[OK].

“SEP Code” appears one line above[Adv. Features] on the display.

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press [Can-

cel] or the {Clear/Stop} key be-fore pressing [OK], and then tryagain.

F To enter a password, press [Pass-word (PWD)].

G Enter the password using the numberkeys, and then press [OK].

H Press [Exit].

I Press [Transmission Mode].

J Press [Polling RX].

K Press [Default ID / Free Polling RX],and then press [OK].

Note❒ To cancel Polling RX, press [Can-

cel]. The display returns to thatof step J.

L Press [OK].The standby display appears.

M Press the {Start} key.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 51 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 62: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

52

4

PWD Code

There are times you may want to usea password when receiving faxes bypolling using the SEP Code function.If you receive a document from a ma-chine of the same manufacturer, thepassword does not have to be entered.

Note❒ The password can be up to 20 dig-

its long.❒ You can enter numbers, *, #, and spaces

as a password.❒ You can store IDs in the destination

list and Programs. See “Fax Desti-nation”, General Settings Guide. Seep.129 “Registering and ChangingKeystroke Programs”.

❒ The PWD Code is printed on all re-ports. This is possible only if thePWD Code is specified in [Adv. Fea-tures] using the number keys.

Transfer Request

Transfer Request allows fax machinesthat have this function to automati-cally transfer incoming documents tomultiple fax destinations. This func-tion helps you save costs when yousend the same document to morethan one place in a distant area, andsaves time since many documents canbe sent in a single operation.The following diagram may make theconcept clearer.

The following terminologies are usedin this section:

❖ Requesting PartyThe machine where the documentoriginates.

❖ Transfer StationThe machine that forwards the in-coming document to another desti-nation.

❖ Receiving StationThe facsimile or computer that re-ceived the document from the Trans-fer Station.

GFTRRQ1E

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 52 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 63: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Advanced Features

53

4

PreparationBefore you can use this function,you must make the following prep-arations:• Program each Transfer Station

number in this machine (Request-ing Party) and in the TransferStation itself. See p.192 “Trans-fer Report”.

• Program the same Polling ID inboth this machine (RequestingParty) and the Transfer Station.See p.193 “Programming a Poll-ing ID”.

• To send a Transfer Request byfax, the Transfer Station must bea fax machine of the same man-ufacturer and have the TransferStation function.

• To send a Transfer Request by e-mail, the Transfer Station mustbe a fax machine of the samemanufacturer that supports In-ternet Fax.

• To send a Transfer Request byIP-Fax, the Transfer Stationmust be a fax machine that sup-ports IP-Fax and be made by thesame manufacturer.

• The Requesting Party's fax numbermust be programmed in the Trans-fer Station's Quick Dial or SpeedDial.

• The Receiving Station's fax numbermust be programmed in the Trans-fer Station's Quick Dial, SpeedDial or Group Dial.

Note❒ You can specify up to 500 Transfer

Stations in a Transfer Request.❒ You can have up to 30 End Receivers

per Transfer Station. If you specifya Transfer Station's Group, theGroup counts as a single receiver.

❒ When a Transfer Request is sent bye-mail, as soon as the Transfer Sta-tion completes transfer to all Re-ceiving Stations, it sends back aTransfer Result Report by e-mail.See p.89 “Transfer Result Report(transfer request by e-mail)”.

❒ When a Transfer Request is sent bye-mail to a computer or facsimilewithout the Transfer Request func-tion, that machine receives it as or-dinary e-mail. It does not transferthe document nor send an error re-port back to the Requesting Party.To send Transfer Request by e-mail,use a Transfer Station that supportsInternet Fax and has the TransferStation function.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the key allowsyou to omit step C. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

A Place the original, and then selectany scan settings you require.

Note❒ When using a Transfer Request

by e-mail, documents are sent at“Detail” resolution, even if youhave specified “Super Fine”. Tosend a document at “Super Fine”,configure the Full Mode whenregistering the destinations inthe Address Book. See p.61 “T.37Full Mode”, Facsimile Reference<Basic Features>.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 53 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 64: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

54

4

❒ When using a Transfer Requestby e-mail, originals are sent atA4 width. Originals larger thanA4 are reduced to A4 width. Ifthe receiver is in compliancewith the T.37 full mode, origi-nals are sent at the width speci-fied in the Address Book. Seep.61 “T.37 Full Mode”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Specify a Transfer Station.

Note❒ Enter directly or use a destination

list to specify the fax number, e-mail address, or IP-Fax destina-tion of the Transfer Station.

❒ If you make a mistake, press [Clear]or the {Clear/Stop} key, and thentry again.

❒ When a Transfer Request is sentby e-mail, e-mail options can beset. See steps B and C on p.63“Sending Internet Fax Docu-ments”, Facsimile Reference <Ba-sic Features>.

Referencep.39 “Entering a Fax Number”,Facsimile Reference <Basic Fea-tures>p.41 “Entering an E-mail Ad-dress”, Facsimile Reference <BasicFeatures>p.43 “Entering an IP-Fax Desti-nation”, Facsimile Reference <Ba-sic Features>p.45 “Using the Destination Listto Specify Single or Group Des-tinations”, Facsimile Reference<Basic Features>

C Press [Adv. Features].

D Press [Transfer Req.].

E Press [Receiving Statn].

F Specify a Receiving Station.

Note❒ You cannot enter Receiving Station

numbers directly. The numbersmust be stored in destinationlists, Speed Dial, or Groups inthe Transfer Station(s). To spec-ify a Receiving Station, use thefollowing procedure.

❒ To cancel the Transfer Request,press [Cancel] twice. The displayreturns to that of step E.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 54 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 65: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Advanced Features

55

4

Destination List

A Select [q Quick Dial].B Enter the registration number

of the destination list wherethe Receiving Station is stored.For example, to select the regis-tration number stored in QuickDial 01 of the Transfer Station,enter: {0} {1}.

Note❒ You can enter up to five digits.

Speed Dial

A Select [qp Speed Dial].B Enter the number of the Speed

Dial code.For example, to select the numberstored in Speed Dial 12 of theTransfer Station, enter: {1} {2}.

Group Dial

A Select [qpp Group Dial].B Enter the number of the Group

number.For example, to select the numberstored in Group Dial 04 of theTransfer Station, enter: {0} {4}.

G To specify another Receiving Sta-tion, press [Add].

Note❒ Press [UPrev.] or [TNext] to see

the Receiving Stations alreadyentered. You can select a Re-ceiving Station from this list andremove it by pressing [Clear] orthe {Clear/Stop} key.

HWhen you have specified all theReceiving Stations, press [OK].

I Press [Exit].

The Transfer Stations and Receiv-ing Stations are displayed.

J Press the {Start} key.

With transfer requests set in the System Settings menu

You can program a Destination keywith Transfer Station and/or ReceivingStation under Program/Change/De-lete Transfer Request in the SystemSettings menu. See “Registering theTransfer Request”, General SettingsGuide.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press the key programmed withTransfer Request.

C Press the {Start} key.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 55 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 66: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

56

4

-Setting Multistep TransferProgram a Transfer Station in a desti-nation list. When receiving a TransferRequest that specifies the same Re-ceiving Station as programmed in thedestination list, this machine sends aTransfer Request to the programmedTransfer Station. This function allowsfax documents to be transferred viamultiple stations and makes fax doc-ument transfer more efficient.You can program up to 30 ReceivingStations per Transfer Station. Formore information, contact your ser-vice representative.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 56 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 67: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

On Hook Dial

57

4

On Hook Dial

The On Hook Dial function allowsyou to dial while listening to the tonefrom the internal speaker. You cansend a fax checking the connection.

Limitation❒ This function is not available for

the optional extra G3 interfaceunit, Internet Fax and IP-Fax.

Note❒ This function is unavailable in some

countries.❒ If an Immediate TX Result Report

(Immediate Transmission) is print-ed, On Hook Dial transmission re-sults are not mentioned on the report.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press the {On Hook Dial} key.

You will hear a low tone from theinternal speaker.

Note❒ If you want to cancel this oper-

ation, press the {On Hook Dial}key again.

C Dial.

The machine immediately dials thedestination.

Note❒ You can adjust the volume of

the on-hook sound by pressing[Higher] or [Lower] in the upperright-hand corner of the display.The volume can also be prepro-grammed in “Gen. Settings/ Ad-just”. See p.91 “Adjusting theVolume”, Facsimile Reference<Basic Features> and p.145“General Sett ings/Adjust-ment”.

❒ If you make a mistake, press the{On Hook Dial} or {Clear Modes}key, and then return to step B.

DWhen the line is connected and youhear a high-pitched tone, pressthe {Start} key.The transmission starts.

Note❒ After transmission, the machine

returns to standby mode. ❒ If you want to cancel a transmis-

sion, press the {Clear/Stop} key,and then remove the originals.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 57 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 68: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

58

4

-External Telephone On Hook Dial

If you have an external telephone onthe fax machine, you can speak withthe other party when you hear a voice.If you hear a voice before pressing the{Start} key, pick up the external tele-phone and tell the receiver you wantto send a fax document (ask them toswitch to facsimile mode).

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 58 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 69: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Manual Dial

59

4

Manual Dial

The optional handset or an external telephone is required.

Pick up the optional handset or thehandset of the external telephone anddial. When the line is connected andyou hear a high-pitched tone, pressthe {Start} key to send your fax docu-ment. If, on the other hand, you heara voice at the other end, continue con-versation as normal.

Limitation❒ This function is not available for

the optional extra G3 interfaceunit, Internet Fax and IP-Fax.

❒ If Immediate TX Result Report (Im-mediate Transmission) is printed,the result of a transmission withManual Dial is not mentioned inthe report.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Pick up the handset.You will hear a dial tone.

C Dial.

The machine immediately dials thedestination.

Note❒ If you make a mistake, replace

the external telephone, and thentry again from step B.

DWhen the line is connected and youhear a high-pitched tone, pressthe {Start} key to send your faxdocument.The transmission starts.

Note❒ If you hear a voice, tell the receiver

that you want to send them a faxdocument (ask them to switchto facsimile mode).

E Replace the handset.After transmission, the standbydisplay appears.

Note❒ If you want to cancel a transmis-

sion, press the {Clear/Stop} key,and then remove the originals.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 59 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 70: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

60

4

Changing the Line Port

The optional extra G3 interface unit is required.

When the extra G3 interface unit is in-stalled, you can connect to a maxi-mum of three ports.

Note❒ When you install the extra G3 in-

terface unit, you can specify theline port home position from “Gen.Settings/ Adjust”. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

❒ When sending a fax, you can selectthe line port if dialing with thenumber keys or Chain Dial.

❖ G3G3 is selected after power up orwhen the machine is reset. If youinstall the extra G3 interface unit,you can select “G3-1”, “G3-2”,“G3-3”, or “G3 Auto”dependingon the number of the installed unit.

❖ Multi-portWhen the extra G3 interface unit isinstalled, communications cantake place simultaneously throughthree lines at once.The following list shows protocolcombinations available for eachline type.

Note❒ A maximum of three simulta-

neous communications are pos-sible. You cannot perform threeImmediate Transmissions si-multaneously.

❒ If three communications are inprogress, the display shows thefirst communication that wasinitiated

Option Available line types

Available protocol combinations

Without option

PSTN G3

Extra G3 interface unit

PSTN+PSTN

G3+G3

Extra G3 interface unit + Extra G3 interface unit

PSTN + PSTN + PSTN

G3 + G3 + G3

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 60 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 71: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Changing the Line Port

61

4

A Press [Select Line].

B Select the line you want to use.When one optional extra G3 unit isinstalled.

Note❒ If you select “G3 Auto”, the ma-

chine will use any available line.This increases efficiency.

C Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 61 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 72: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

62

4

Sub Transmission Mode

Book Fax

Use to send book originals from theexposure glass. Pages are scanned inthe following order.

Limitation❒ Place the original on the exposure

glass. You cannot use the optionalADF.

❒ Depending on paper sizes availablein the destination machine, thedocument may be reduced whenprinted at the other end.

Note❒ You can have bound originals scanned

as left or right page first. You canset which page (left or right) themachine scans first as default withthe User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 06, bit 6).

❒ When using the Internet Fax func-tion, originals are sent at A4 width.Originals larger than A4 are re-duced to A4 width. See p.15 “Plac-ing Originals”, Facsimile Reference<Basic Features>. If the receiver isT.37 full mode compliant, originalsare sent at the width specified inthe Address Book. See p.61 “T.37Full Mode”, Facsimile Reference<Basic Features>.

A Place the original on the exposureglass, and then select the scan set-tings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Sub TX Mode].

C Press [Book Fax].

D Select the size of the original.

Note❒ To cancel this mode, press [Can-

cel]. The display returns to thatof step C.

❒ If you select A3, the original willbe sent using Image RotationTransmission. See p.79 “Trans-mission with Image Rotation”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 62 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 73: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sub Transmission Mode

63

4

E Select [From First Page] or [FromSecond Page], and then press [OK].

The selected original size is shownabove the highlighted [Book Fax].

Note❒ Select [From First Page] to send a

book original from the first page.❒ Select [From Second Page] if you

want to send a cover letter as thefirst page.

❒ To cancel this mode, press [Can-cel]. The display returns to thatof step C.

F Press [OK].

G Specify a destination, and then pressthe {Start} key.

Note❒ When sending more than one page,

place the originals individually,one after the other, pressing the{Start} key after each page.

❒ After scanning the last original,press [#].

❒ If [#] is not pressed, the ma-chine will automatically startsending the documents, 60 sec-onds after the last original hasbeen scanned.

Two-Sided Transmission (Double-Sided Transmission)

The optional ADF is required.

Use this function to send two-sidedoriginals.

Note❒ Originals placed on the exposure

glass cannot be sent.❒ The front and back of the scanned

original will be printed in order onseparate sheets at the other end.The orientation of alternate sheetsmay be reversed at the other end. Ifyou want to print the original withthe same orientation at the otherend, specify the “Original Posi-tion” and “Page Opening Orienta-tion”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 63 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 74: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

64

4

See p.79 “Transmission with Im-age Rotation”

❒ This function is only available withMemory Transmission.

❒ This function is only available withthe ADF.

❒ You can confirm whether both sideswere properly scanned using theStamp function. See p.73 “Stamp”.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the quick oper-ation keys allows you to omit stepB. See p.145 “General Settings/Ad-justment”.

A Place the original in the ADF, andthen select the scan settings yourequire.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Sub TX Mode].

C Press [2 Sided Original].

D Specify the original position.Check the orientation of the placeddocument, and then press or

.

Note❒ Make sure that the specified orig-

inal position matches the orien-tation of originals loaded in theADF.

E Specify the page opening orienta-tion from [Top to Top] or [Top to Bot-tom].

GHPY030E

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 64 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 75: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sub Transmission Mode

65

4

F Specify the transmission mode from[2 Sided from 1st Page] or [1 Sided for1st Page], and then press [OK].

The selected original position andpage opening orientation are shownabove the highlighted [2 Sided Orig-inal].

Note❒ To cancel this mode, press [Can-

cel]. The display returns to thatof step C.

❒ Select [2 Sided from 1st Page] tosend a two-sided original fromthe first page.

❒ Select [1 Sided for 1st Page] if youwant to send a cover letter as thefirst page.

G Press [OK].

H Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

Standard Message Stamp

Use this function to stamp a standardmessage at the top of the first originalsent.There are four types of standard mes-sages: “Confidential”, “Urgent”,“Please phone.”, and “Copy to corres.section”You can also program other messages.

Note❒ While this function is in use, the

third line of the Label Insertion isnot printed. See p.74 “Label Inser-tion”.

❒ When there is an image around thearea where the standard messageis to be stamped, that image is de-leted.

❒ To program a standard message, usethe Program / Change / DeleteStandard Message function. Seep.157 “Programming, Changing,and Deleting Standard Messages”.

A Place the originals, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Sub TX Mode].

C Press [Std. Message].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 65 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 76: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

66

4

D Select the standard message to bestamped, and then press [OK].

The selected standard message isshown above the highlighted [Std.Message].

Note❒ To cancel the selection, press

[Cancel]. The display returns tothat of step C.

❒ Programmed standard messag-es are shown in the keys.

❒ The machine cannot stamp mul-tiple standard messages.

E Press [OK].

F Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

Sending an Auto Document

If you often send a particular page topeople (for example a map, a stan-dard attachment, or a set of instruc-tions), store that page in memory asan Auto Document. This saves res-canning every time you want to sendit.You can fax an Auto Document by it-self, or attach it to a standard fax doc-ument.

PreparationYou need to register an Auto Document.See p.158 “Storing, Changing, andDeleting an Auto Document”.

Note❒ You can attach one Auto Document

to each transmission. ❒ You can store up to 6 Auto Documents.

See p.158 “Storing, Changing, andDeleting an Auto Document”.

❒ Files with Auto Documents are sentby Memory Transmission.

❒ When sending an Auto Documentwith other files, the Auto Documentis sent first.

❒ Storing Auto Documents reducesthe amount of free memory slight-ly. Unless you delete the document,free memory will not return to 100%.

❒ You can print an Auto Documentcurrently stored in memory. Seep.67 “Printing documents storedas Auto Documents”.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the Quick Op-eration keys allows you to omitstep B. See p.145 “General Set-tings/Adjustment”.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

Note❒ When you fax an Auto Document,

start from step B.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 66 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 77: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sub Transmission Mode

67

4

B Press [Sub TX Mode].

C Press [Auto Document].

D Select an Auto Document file, andthen press [OK].When you fax an Auto Documentby itself, press [TX Stored File (AD)Only], and then press [OK].

The selected file name is shownabove the highlighted [Auto Docu-ment].

Note❒ Programmed Auto Documents

are shown in the keys.❒ To cancel the Auto Document,

press [Cancel]. The display re-turns to that of step C.

E Press [OK].

F Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

Printing documents stored as Auto Documents

This function is used for printing doc-uments stored as Auto Documents.This function is very convenient as itcan be used for checking the contentsof stored files.

A Press [Sub TX Mode].

B Press [Auto Document].

C Select an Auto Document file to beprinted, and then press [Print File].

Note❒ To cancel the Auto Document,

press [Cancel]. The display re-turns to that of step B.

D Press the {Start} key.Once printing is completed, thedisplay returns to that of step C.

Note❒ To cancel printing after pressing

the {Start} key, press [Stop Print-ing]. The display returns to thatof step C.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 67 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 78: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

68

4

E Press [Cancel].

Note❒ You can also send Auto Docu-

ments. See p.66 “Sending anAuto Document”.

F Press [OK].The standby display appears.

Sending a Stored File

Use this function to send documentsstored in the Document Server. Youcan specify and send multiple docu-ments, and also send them with scannedoriginals all at once.You can also print stored originalswith [Print File]. See p.70 “Printingstored documents”.

PreparationStore the documents to be sent inadvance. You can program a passwordfor this function. You can change theuser names, file names, and pass-words of stored documents. Seep.133 “Using the Document Serv-er”, and p.136 “Changing StoredDocument Information”.

Note❒ Received fax documents are stored

and categorized as stored receivedfiles. See p.34 “Printing/DeletingReceived and Stored Documents(Print/Delete Stored RX File)”.

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. Using the Quick Op-eration keys allows you to omit stepA. See p.145 “General Settings/Ad-justment”.

Sending stored documents

The machine sends documents storedin the Document Server.The documents stored in the Docu-ment Server can be sent again andagain until they are deleted. Oncesent, documents are stored in theDocument Server. Therefore, you cansend them in just one operation with-out having to set your originals again.

Limitation❒ You cannot use the following trans-

mission methods:• Free Polling Transmission• Default ID Transmission• ID Override Transmission• Immediate Transmission• Parallel Memory Transmission• On Hook Dial• Manual Dial

Note❒ You can send only documents saved

with the facsimile function in theDocument Server. You cannot senddocuments saved in the copy, printer,or scanner function.

❒ You can specify and print multipledocuments. You can specify a max-imum of 30 documents at once.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 68 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 79: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sub Transmission Mode

69

4

❒ The machine can send a total of1,000 pages in one operation.

❒ The specified documents are sentwith the scan settings made whenthey were stored.

A Press [Sub TX Mode].

B Press [Select Stored File].

C Select the documents to be sent.

Note❒ When multiple documents are

selected, they are sent in the or-der of selection.

❒ Press [TX Order] to arrange theorder of the documents to be sent.

❒ Press [File Name] to place the doc-uments in alphabetical order.

❒ Press [User Name] to place the doc-uments in order by programmeduser name.

❒ Press [Date] to place the documentsin order of programmed date.

Specifying documents from the file list

A Press [UPrev.] or [TNext] to dis-play the documents to be sent.

B Select the file.

Specifying documents by User Name

A Select [Search by User Name].

B Select the user name of the pro-grammed document, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ To search by directly enter-

ing a user name, press [Non-programmed Name], and thenenter the user name. Partialmatching is used when search-ing for a user name. See p.173“Using Partial matching”.

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

C Select the file to be sent.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 69 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 80: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

70

4

Specifying documents by file name

A Select [Search by File Name].

B Enter the name of the documentto be sent, and then press [OK].

Note❒ Partial matching is used when

searching for a file name.C Select the file to be sent.

D If you select a document with a pass-word, enter the password, and thenpress [OK].

If the document does not have apassword, proceed to step E.

EWhen you want to add your originalsto stored documents and sendthem all at once, press [ROrigi. +Stored File] or [Stored file + R Origi.].

When sending only stored docu-ments, proceed to step F.

Note❒ When [ROrigi. + Stored File] is

pressed, the machine sends theoriginals, and then stored files.When [Stored file + R Origi.] ispressed, the machine sends thestored files, and then originals.

❒ The added originals are not stored.

F Press [OK] twice.

Note❒ To add an original to stored docu-

ments, place the original, and thenselect any scan settings you require.

G Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

Printing stored documents

Use this function to print documentsstored in the Document Server.

Note❒ Only documents stored using the

facsimile function can be printed.❒ You can also print the first page only

to check the content of the original.❒ You can specify and print multiple

documents, a maximum of 30 doc-uments at one time.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 70 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 81: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sub Transmission Mode

71

4

A Press [Sub TX Mode].

B Press [Select Stored File].

C Select the document to be printed.

Note❒ The documents stored using the

facsimile function appear on thedisplay.

❒ Press [File Name] to place the doc-uments in alphabetical order.

❒ Press [User Name] to place docu-ments in order of programmeduser name.

❒ Press [Date] to place the documentsin order by the programmed date.

❒ To see details of the selected docu-ment, press [Detail]. To return tothe display in step C, press [Se-lect File].

Selecting a document from file list

A Select the file.

Note❒ Press [UPrev.] or [TNext] to

display the document to besent.

Specifying a document from the User Name

A Select [Search by User Name].

B Press the user name of the docu-ment to be sent, and then press[OK].

Note❒ To search by directly entering

a user name, press [Non-pro-grammed Name], and then en-ter the user name.

C Select the file.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 71 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 82: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

72

4

Specifying a document from the file name

A Press [Search by File Name].

B Enter the file name to be printed,and then press [OK].

Note❒ Partial matching is used to

search for the file name.C Select the file.

D If you select a document with apassword, enter the password,and then press [OK].

If the document does not have apassword, proceed to step E.

E Press [Print File] or [Print 1st Page].When [Print File] is pressed, the ma-chine prints all the pages. When[Print 1st Page] is pressed, the ma-chine prints only the first page.

Limitation❒ When [Print 1st Page] is selected,

originals larger than A4 size areprinted after they are reducedto A4 size.

❒ The machine can print up to 30files using the Print 1st Pagefunction.

Note❒ To print both sides, press [Print 2

Sides].❒ To cancel printing, press [Cancel].

F Press the {Start} key.

Note❒ When only the first page is print-

ed, the file name is printed at thetop of the paper.

❒ To cancel printing after pressingthe {Start} key, press [Stop Print-ing].

G Press [OK] twice.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 72 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 83: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sub Transmission Mode

73

4

Stamp

The optional ADF is required.

When sending a fax document usingthe ADF, the machine can stamp a cir-cle mark at the bottom of the original.When sending a two-sided document,the document is marked at the bottomof the front page and top of the rearpage. This stamp indicates that theoriginal has been successfully storedin memory for Memory Transmis-sion, or successfully sent by Immedi-ate Transmission.

Note❒ Stamp only works when scanning

from the ADF.❒ When the stamp starts getting lighter,

replace the cartridge. See “Replac-ing the Stamp Cartridge”, GeneralSettings Guide.

❒ If a page was not stamped even thoughthe Stamp function is turned on,you need to resend that page.

❒ If you use this function often, youcan set the default in General Set-tings and Adjustment so that thisfunction is always on. In this case,Stamp can easily be turned off forany single transmission by press-ing [Stamp]. See p.145 “General Set-tings/Adjustment”.

❒ A paper jam during Parallel Mem-ory Transmission may cause thetransmission to fail even if stamp-ing is performed.

❒ You cannot turn the Stamp functionon or off while an original is beingscanned.

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Sub TX Mode].

C Press [Stamp], and then press [OK].

Note❒ To cancel the stamp, press [Stamp]

again before pressing [OK].

D Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

Transmission Options

This section describes various func-tions that you can switch on and offfor any particular transmission, fol-lowing the procedures given here.In addition, if you frequently use acertain option configuration, you canchange the default home position (onor off) of each option.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 73 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 84: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

74

4

Fax Header Print

When the Fax Header is set to “On”,the stored name is printed on the re-ceiver's paper.You can store two Fax Headers; “FirstName” and “Second Name”.For example, if you store your depart-ment name in one and your organiza-tion name in the other, you could usethe first when sending internal faxesand the second for external faxes.

Important❒ In the USA, the Fax Header must

contain the telephone number ofthe line your machine is connectedto. It will be printed on the headerof every page you send. Requiredin the USA.

Note❒ If you used the number keys to

specify the receiver, the first head-er name is printed on the receiver'spaper. To print the second headername, contact your service repre-sentative.

❒ You can program fax header namesusing the Program Fax Informationfunction.

❒ You can select whether or not dates,fax header names, file numbers, orpage numbers are printed by chang-ing their respective User Parame-ters. See p.167 “User Parameters”(switch 18, bit 3, 2, 1, 0).

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. See p.145 “GeneralSettings/Adjustment”.

❒ In the USA, law requires that yourfax number be included in the FaxHeader. Program the fax numberand switch on Fax Header Printwith User Parameters. See, p.167“User Parameters”.

Label Insertion

With this function you can have thereceiver's name printed on the docu-ment that is received at the other end.The receiver's name is printed as fol-lows:• Receiver's name: printed at the top

of the page and preceded by “To:”.• Standard message: the programmed

message is printed within the nexttwo lines.

Set this function as follows:• Set Label Insertion to [On] when

programming fax destinations.• Select [Programmed Name] for Label

Insertion when sending fax docu-ments.

• On the Std. Message screen, selectthe standard message you want toprint.

Limitation❒ To use this function, set Label In-

sertion to [On] when programmingfax destinations and also select[Programmed Name] when sendingfax documents.

❒ When there is an image around thearea where the Label is to be print-ed, that image is deleted.

Note❒ You can program one of the Quick

Operation keys with operations forthis function. See p.145 “GeneralSettings/Adjustment”.

❒ To print a standard message that isnot programmed as a default, pro-gram it on this machine in advance.See p.157 “Programming, Chang-ing, and Deleting Standard Mes-sages”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 74 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 85: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sub Transmission Mode

75

4

Reduced Image Transmission

Using this function, your document issent at a reduced size (93%) with ablank margin on the left.

Note❒ This function is unavailable with

Immediate Transmission, or speci-fied transmission of a stored docu-ment.

❒ Image Rotation is unavailable withthis function.

Auto Reduce

When this function is turned on, if thereceiver's paper is smaller than thesize of the original you are sending,the document is automatically re-duced to fit onto the paper availableat the other end.

Important❒ If you turn this function off, the

scale of the original is maintainedand some parts of the image maybe deleted when printed at the oth-er end.

Default ID Transmission

If you turn this function on, transmis-sion will only take place if the desti-nation's Polling ID is the same asyours. This function can stop you ac-cidentally sending information to thewrong place.

PreparationYou need to register a Polling IDbeforehand. See p.193 “Program-ming a Polling ID”.

Limitation❒ This function is not available with

Internet Fax.

Note❒ You can program one of the Quick

Operation keys with operations forthis function. See p.145 “GeneralSettings/Adjustment”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 75 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 86: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

76

4

Selecting transmission options for a single transmission

A Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

B Press [Sub TX Mode].

C Select [Options].

D Select options to be set up.

Note❒ To close the option settings, pro-

ceed to step E.❒ To cancel the option settings, press

[Cancel].

Programming the Fax Header Print

A Press [On] for Fax Header Print.

Programming the Label Insertion

A Press [Programmed Name] for La-bel Insertion.

Note❒ Press [Off] if you do not want

to insert a destination.

Programming the Reduced Image Transmission

A Press [On] in for Reduced ImageTX.

Note❒ Press [Off] if you do not want

to do a reduced transmission.

Programming the Auto Reduce

A Press [On] for Auto Reduce.

Note❒ Press [Off] if you do not want

to use the Auto Reduce func-tion.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 76 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 87: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sub Transmission Mode

77

4

Programming the Default ID Transmission

A Press [On] for Default ID TX.

Note❒ Press [Off] if you do not want

to use ID transmission.

E Press [OK] twice.

F Specify the destination, and thenpress the {Start} key.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 77 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 88: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

78

4

More Transmission Functions

If Memory Runs Out While Storing an Original

If you run out of memory while stor-ing an original (free space reaches0%), the message “Memory is full.Cannot scan more. Transmittingonly scanned pages.” is displayed.Press [Exit] to transmit stored pagesonly.

Note❒ When this happens, only the scanned

pages are sent. If you want to de-lete the scanned pages and canceltransmission in this case, contactyour service representative.

Parallel Memory Transmission

This function dials while the originalis being scanned. Standard MemoryTransmission stores the original inmemory, then dials the destination.Parallel Memory Transmission allowsyou to quickly determine whether aconnection was made. In addition,this function scans the original fasterthan Immediate Transmission. This isuseful when you are in a hurry andneed to use the original for anotherpurpose.

Limitation❒ Standard Memory Transmission is

used instead of Parallel MemoryTransmission in the following cases:• When the line is busy and could

not be connected to• With Send Later• When you store an original for

Memory Transmission while an-other communication is in progress

• When two or more destinationsare specified

• When you send only an AutoDocument

• When an original is placed on theexposure glass, and then sent

• When you send documents storedin the Document Server

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

with the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 07, bit 2).

❒ Standard Memory Transmission maybe used instead of Parallel MemoryTransmission depending on theoptional equipment installed if thereis not enough free memory left.

❒ If you use this function, the MemoryStorage Report will not be printed.

❒ If the {Clear/Stop} key is pressed,the original will jam or memorywill run out while Parallel MemoryTransmission stops. The Communi-cation Result Report is printed andfiles are deleted.

❒ When using Parallel Memory Trans-mission, only the original pages areprinted without automatically print-ing the total number of originals in“Fax Header Print”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 78 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 89: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

More Transmission Functions

79

4

Automatic Redial

If a fax document could not be sentbecause the line was busy or an erroroccurred during transmission, the lineis switched to another at five-minute in-tervals and redial is attempted up tofive times.If redialing fails after four redials, themachine cancels the transmission andprints a Communication Result Reportor Communication Failure Report.See p.82 “Communication Failure Re-port” and p.32 “Communication Re-sult Report (Memory Transmission)”,Facsimile Reference <Basic Features>.

Batch Transmission

If you send a fax document by Mem-ory Transmission and there is anotherfax document waiting in memory tobe sent to the same destination, thatdocument is sent along with youroriginal. Several fax documents canbe sent with a single call, thus elimi-nating the need for several separatecalls. This helps save communicationcosts and reduce transmission time.Fax documents whose transmissiontime was set in advance are sent bybatch transmission when that time isreached.

Limitation❒ This function is not available with

Internet Fax and IP-Fax.

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

with the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 14, bit 2).

❒ The originals to be transmitted at aspecific time is sent at that time.

❒ If fax memory is overloaded, docu-ments may not be sent in the orderthey were scanned.

Dual Access

The machine can scan other docu-ments into memory even while send-ing a fax document from memory,receiving a document into memory,or automatically printing a report.Since the machine starts sending thesecond document immediately afterthe current transmission ends, theline is used efficiently.

Note❒ During Immediate Transmission or

when in User Tools mode, the ma-chine cannot scan an original.

Transmission with Image Rotation

Generally, place A4, 81/2"×11" origi-nals in the landscape orientation (L).If you place an A4, 81/2"×11" originalin the portrait orientation (K), theimage is sent rotated by 90°. Provid-ing the receiver has A4, 81/2"×11"landscape paper (L), the documentis printed the same size as the origi-nal.

Note❒ This function is unavailable with

Immediate Transmission.❒ When Image Rotation is used, all

documents are sent by normalMemory Transmission.

❒ This function is unavailable whenusing Mixed Original Sizes.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 79 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 90: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

80

4

Simultaneous Broadcast

The optional extra G3 interface unit is re-quired.

The Standard Broadcast functionsends faxes one at a time to multipledestinations in the order of specifieddestinations.However, the Simultaneous Broad-cast function can simultaneouslysend faxes to multiple destinationsusing different lines.This results in a shorter overall trans-mission time.

Note❒ A maximum of three simultaneous

transmissions (including LAN) arepossible.

❒ When using the optional extra G3interface unit, if you set the line se-lection as “G3 Auto” beforehand,the machine will use whichever G3line is not busy. This increases effi-ciency.

JBIG Transmission

If you use JBIG (Joint Bi-level ImageExperts Group) compression, you cansend photographic originals fasterthan with other methods of compres-sion.

Referencep.35 “Original Type”, Facsimile Ref-erence <Basic Features>

Limitation❒ You can only use this function on a

telephone line.❒ This function requires that the oth-

er party's fax machine has both theJBIG function and ECM function(G3 communication only).

Note❒ If ECM is turned off, JBIG Trans-

mission is unavailable. See p.166“ECM (Error Correction Mode)”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 80 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 91: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

More Transmission Functions

81

4

Transmitting Journal by E-mail

PreparationTo transmit the Journal by e-mail,it is necessary to make settings withUser Parameters. See p.167 “UserParameters” (switch 21, bit 4).

The Journal is automatically transmittedto the e-mail address of the adminis-trator after every 50 communications.A CSV format Journal is attached tothe e-mail.

Important❒ This machine does not store sent

CSV files. It is recommended thatyou double-check the e-mail ad-dress of an administrator beforethe Journal is transmitted. If the e-mail address of the administratoris not correct, your important Jour-nal may be lost. Sent CSV files arenot left on the fax machine. See“File Transfer”, Network Guide.

Note❒ If the administrator's address is wrong,

you may not be able to acquire theJournal.

❒ If the Journal fails to be transmit-ted in e-mail format, the Journal isprinted out.

❒ The name of an attached CSV file is“JOURNAL+year, month, date,hours, minutes”. For example,the f i le name transmitted in14:40:12 on 20th, December, 2004 is“JOURNAL20041220144012.csv”.

❒ The subject of a Journal sent by e-mail begins with “Journal”.

Journal by e-mail

If the setting is made so that the Jour-nal is transmitted as an e-mail, it istransmitted to the e-mail address ofan administrator.This section describes the CSV formatof the Journal attached to an e-mail.

Note❒ To transmit the Journal, it is neces-

sary to make settings with the UserParameters. See p.167 “User Pa-rameters” (switch 21, bit 4).

❒ You can display a sender name withthe User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 04, bit 5).

❒ To set the administrator e-mail ad-dress, see “File Transfer”, NetworkGuide.

❒ Depending on security settings, theDestination/Sender name may notappear.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 81 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 92: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Other Transmission Features

82

4

Printed Reports

Memory Storage Report

This report is printed after an originalis stored in memory. It helps you re-view the contents and the destina-tions of stored originals.

Limitation❒ If you use Parallel Memory Trans-

mission, the Memory Storage Re-port is not printed.

Note❒ You can turn this report on and off. See

p.167 “User Parameters” (switch03, bit 2).

❒ Even if the machine is set up not toprint this report, it is still printed ifan original could not be stored.

❒ You can select whether to includepart of the original image on the re-port. See p.167 “User Parameters”(switch 04, bit 7).

❒ You can display a destination withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 4).

❒ You can display a sender name withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 5).

Communication Failure Report

This report is printed when a docu-ment could not be successfully trans-mitted with Memory Transmission.If the machine is set up to print aCommunication Result Report, thisreport is not printed. Use it to keep arecord of failed transmissions so youcan send them again.

Note❒ You can select whether the Com-

munication Failure Report andTransfer Result Report are auto-matically printed using the UserParameters. See p.167 “User Pa-rameters” (switch 04, bit 1).

❒ This report is only printed if theCommunication Result Report isturned off and a document couldnot be successfully transmittedwith Memory Transmission.

❒ You can select whether to includepart of the original image on the re-port. See p.167 “User Parameters”(switch 04, bit 7).

❒ You can display a destination withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 4).

❒ You can display a sender name withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 5).

❒ The Page column gives the totalnumber of pages. The Not Sent col-umn gives the number of pagesthat could not be sent successfully.

❒ “Unprogrammed” indicates that thedocument could not be sent becausethe Transfer Station's fax number is in-correct, or not programmed.

❒ “--” indicates that the Internet Faxdocument was sent to the mail serv-er programmed in this machine.(However, this does not mean thee-mail was delivered.)

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 82 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 93: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

83

5. Reception Features

Reception

Immediate Reception

Each page of a fax document is print-ed as soon as it is received. This meth-od is used for standard fax documents.

Normally this machine receives docu-ments by Immediate Reception. ButMemory Reception is used when“Combine 2 originals”, “Multi-copyReception”, “RX Reverse Printing” or“2 Sided Print” is set to “ON”. Seep.97 “Printing Options”. If the Substi-tute Reception is used, a fax docu-ment is not printed: it is stored inmemory. See p.84 “Memory Recep-tion”. See p.85 “Substitute Recep-tion”.

Important❒ When receiving important fax doc-

uments, it is recommended thatyou confirm the contents of the re-ceived documents with the senders.

Note❒ The machine may not be able to re-

ceive fax documents when freememory space is low.

❒ If free memory reaches 0% duringImmediate Reception, any furtherreception becomes impossible andthe current communication is ter-minated.

❖ Reception resolution This machine supports Standard,Detail, and Super Fine resolutionsfor reception. If you do not havethe optional expansion memory,faxes sent at Super Fine resolutionis printed on your machine at De-tail resolution. This may differfrom the sender's intended resolu-tion. See p.34 “Resolution”, Facsim-ile Reference <Basic Features>.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 83 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 94: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

84

5

Memory Reception

The machine waits until all pages ofthe document have been received intomemory before printing it.

This method is used with the follow-ing functions:• Combine 2 originals

See p.100 “Combine Two Origi-nals”.

• Multi-copy when set to multiple copiesSee p.99 “Multi-Copy Reception”.

• Reverse Order PrintingSee p.102 “Reverse Order Print-ing”.

• 2 sided printingSee p.98 “Two-Sided Printing”.

Important❒ About one hour after the machine

is turned off, all fax documentsstored in memory are lost. If anydocuments are lost in this way, aPower Failure Report is automati-cally printed when the operationswitch is turned on. Use this reportto identify lost documents.

❒ The machine may not be able to re-ceive large numbers of documentsor documents with high data con-tent. In such cases, it is recom-mended that you switch off theabove functions or install the op-tional expansion memory.

Limitation❒ The machine may not be able to re-

ceive fax documents when freememory space is low.

Note❒ If the free memory space reaches

0% during Memory Reception, themachine can no longer receive thecurrent fax document and stopscommunicating.

❒ If you have selected Store for Re-ception File Setting, received docu-ment is saved on the hard disk andwill not be printed. You can printthose documents by operating themachine or a connected computer,as necessary. See p.195 “Storing orPrinting Received Documents”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 84 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 95: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception

85

5

Substitute Reception

In Substitute Reception, a received fax document is stored in memory instead ofbeing printed. Substitute Reception gets used when the machine cannot printany fax documents. Fax documents received using Substitute Reception are au-tomatically printed when the condition which caused the machine to use Substi-tute Reception is rectified.Depending on why the machine cannot print, Substitute Reception might beused for all fax documents received, or for only those documents that match aspecified condition.The Receive File indicator lights to let you know when fax documents have beenreceived using Substitute Reception.

Note❒ Reception may not take place if there is not enough free memory.❒ If free memory reaches 0% during Substitute Reception, any further reception

becomes impossible and the current communication is terminated.❒ When a fax document is received after Store is selected for Reception File Set-

ting in the Facsimile Features menu, the Receive File indicator lights.❒ The Receive File indicator may light even when receiving documents using

Immediate Reception.

Receiving documents unconditionally

If one of the conditions in the following list occurs, the machine receives all faxdocuments using Substitute Reception.

Problems Causes Solutions

The machine is printing with a different function.

The machine is busy print-ing with a different func-tion.

The document is automatically printed after the current job finishes.

The message “Follow-ing output tray is full. Remove pa-per.” appears.

The output tray is full. Remove paper from the output tray.

M is lit. The cover is open. Close the cover shown in the display.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 85 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 96: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

86

5

Receiving documents according to parameter-specified settings

If one of the conditions in the following list occurs, the machine receives onlythose documents that match the conditions specified in the User Parameters. Seep.167 “User Parameters” (switch 05, bit 2,1).

You can specify the following conditions with the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 05, bit 2,1).

❖ When Own Name or Own Fax Number is receivedThe machine switches to Substitute Reception only when the sender has pro-grammed their Own Name or Own Fax Number. If the power is switched offfor more than an hour, all the documents stored in memory are deleted. Inthat case, the Power Failure Report or the Journal can be used to identifywhich documents are lost so you can ask the senders to transmit them again.

Important❒ If a sender has not programmed their Own Name or Own Fax Number, the

machine may fail to receive an important fax document. It is recommendedthat you ask important senders to program an Own Name or Own FaxNumber in advance.

❖ FreeThe machine switches to Substitute Reception regardless of whether or notthe sender has programmed their Own Name or Own Fax Number.

❖ Polling ID matchThe machine switches to Substitute Reception only when the programmedPolling ID of the other end matches the ID of this machine.

❖ DisableThe machine does not receive any documents.

Problems Causes Solutions

x is lit. Paper is jammed. Remove the jammed paper.

See “xClearing Misfeeds”, General Settings Guide.

B is lit. All trays are out of paper. Add paper. See “BLoading Paper” , General Settings Guide.

D is lit. Toner is empty. Replace the toner cartridge. See “DAdding Toner”, General Settings Guide.

The message “This tray is out of or-der.” appears.

All trays are out of action. Call your service representative.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 86 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 97: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Functions

87

5

Reception Functions

Transfer Station

Transfer Stations allow you to expandthe standard functions of your faxmachine to set up complex networks.The following diagram may make theconcept clearer.

The following terminologies are usedin this section:

❖ Requesting PartyThe machine where the documentoriginates.

❖ Transfer Station (this machine)The machine that forwards the in-coming document to another desti-nation.

❖ Receiving StationThe facsimile or computer that receivesthe document from the Transfer Sta-tion.The final destination of the document,this is the machine the Transfer Stationsends to. Receiving Stations mustbe programmed into a Destinationkey in the Transfer Station.

PreparationThis machine can receive forward-ing requests by e-mail. Before youcan use this function, you mustmake the following preparations.• Program each Transfer Station

number in this machine (Trans-fer Station) and in the RequestingParty itself. See p.192 “TransferReport”.

• Program the same Polling ID inboth this machine (Transfer Sta-tion) and the Requesting Party.See p.193 “Programming a Poll-ing ID”.

• The Requesting Party's fax numbermust be programmed in thedestination list of this machine(Transfer Station). The registra-tion number must be between00001 and 00100.

• The End Receiver's fax number,e-mail address, or IP-Fax desti-nation, must be programmed inthe destination list of this ma-chine (Transfer Station).

Note❒ You can receive Transfer Requests

only when your machine has thecapacity to store two or more desti-nations specified using the numberkeys.

❒ If the Requesting Party specifies aGroup for the Receiving Stationsand the total number of ReceivingStations exceeds 500, the TransferStation cannot transfer the docu-ment and sends a Transfer ResultReport to the Requesting Party.

GFTRRQ2E

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 87 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 98: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

88

5

❒ If the Requesting Party specified adestination fax number, InternetFax destination and IP-Fax desti-nation programmed in TransferStation as the End Receiver, thismachine sends the document tothe destination according to theUser Parameter setting. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 32, bit 0).

-Multistep transferThe principles of Transfer Stationscan be used to build up a multi-stepfacsimile network where documentsare passed through several TransferStations. By programming the Receiv-ing Stations in a Transfer StationGroup, you can enable this machineto transfer documents onto otherTransfer Stations.For more information, contact yourservice representative. This function can only be used if themachines are made by the same man-ufacturer.

-Sending the Transfer Result Report

This machine compares the fax numberof the Requesting Party with the Request-ing Party's number programmed as aDestination key. If the lower five digitsof the two numbers match, it sendsthe Transfer Result Report to the Re-questing Party.For example:• Requesting Party's own dial num-

ber:001813-11112222

• Transfer Station's Destination key:03-11112222

Transfer Result Report

PreparationProgram the Requesting Party faxnumber into a Destination key inthe Transfer Station (this machine)in advance. Program your own fax number.See p.192 “Transfer Report”.Program the Polling ID. See p.193“Programming a Polling ID”.

This reports whether transmission tothe Receiving Stations was successfulor not.When the Transfer Station has trans-ferred the document to all ReceivingStations, it sends the Transfer ResultReport back to the Requesting Party.The machine prints the report if itcannot be sent back to the RequestingParty.

Note❒ You can select whether the Com-

munication Failure Report andTransfer Result Report be auto-matically printed using the UserParameters. See p.167 “User Pa-rameters” (switch 04, bit 1).

❒ You can set whether a portion of theoriginal image is printed on the re-port with the User Parameters. Seep.167 “User Parameters” (switch04, bit 7).

❒ “Unprogrammed” indicates that thedocument could not be sent becausethe end receiver's address is incorrector not programmed.

❒ “--” indicates that the Internet Faxdocument was sent to the mail serv-er programmed in this machine.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 88 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 99: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Functions

89

5

Transfer Result Report (transfer request by e-mail)

When this machine receives a transferrequest by e-mail, the Transfer ResultReport is sent by e-mail to the Re-questing Party after completing alltransmissions to the specified Trans-fer Stations. If the Administrator's e-mail address is programmed, theTransfer Result Report e-mail is for-warded to that address.

Note❒ “Unprogrammed” indicates that

the document could not be sent be-cause the end receiver's address isincorrect or not programmed.

❒ “--” indicates that the Internet Faxdocument was sent to the mail serv-er programmed in this machine.

❒ When using multistep transfer, theTransfer Result Report e-mail issent to the last Transfer Station thatsent Transfer Request.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 89 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 100: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

90

5

Forwarding Received Documents

This machine can forward received documents to other destinations pro-grammed in memory based on Own Name, Own Fax Number or sender's e-mailaddress. A fax number, Internet Fax address, IP-Fax address, or folder addresscan be set as a Transfer Box. If an e-mail address is programmed as the destina-tion, documents received are forwarded as e-mail.

Limitation❒ A maximum of 500 parties can be specified in a group.

Note❒ You need to specify the Forwarding destination in advance. See p.162 “For-

warding”.❒ If you want to forward documents to a different destination depending on the

sender, see p.172 “Special Senders to Treat Differently”.❒ You can select whether the machine prints out the documents it forwards

with User Parameters (switch 11, bit 6). For details, see p.167 “User Parame-ters”.

❒ You can set whether or not the Folder Transfer Result Report is transmittedto the specified e-mail address if folders are programmed as the forwardingdestinations to which documents are sent from all senders or Special Senders.For details, see p.198 “Folder Transfer Result Report”.

AJA004S

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 90 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 101: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Functions

91

5

Routing Received Documents with SUB Code

When a document is received, its SUB Code is compared to user codes pro-grammed in Personal Boxes, and if a match is found, the document is routed tothe destination whose user code is specified. If the destination specified is an e-mail address, the received document is routed to that destination as e-mail.In addition to SUB Codes, you can use the forward feature to send all receivedtransmissions to a specific e-mail address. See p.162 “Forwarding”.

PreparationYou must set the Personal Box and register a delivery destination beforehand.See p.182 “Programming/changing Personal Boxes”.

Limitation❒ This function is not available when you set received documents to be deliv-

ered to the network delivery server.❒ Documents cannot be routed to folders using this function.

Note❒ You can route documents received from any fax machine, regardless of man-

ufacturer.

AJA005S

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 91 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 102: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

92

5

Transferring Received Documents

Originals sent with a SUB Code that matches the SUB Code programmed as aTransfer Box are received then relayed to the programmed receiver.When e-mail addresses are programmed in the Transfer Station as receivers, re-ceived documents are sent in an e-mail format to the receivers.

PreparationTransfer Boxes and Receiving Stations must be set up in order to transfer re-ceived documents. See p.188 “Programming/changing Transfer Boxes”.

Note❒ Transfer Results are not sent back to the Requesting Party.❒ You can transfer data received from any fax machine, regardless of manufac-

turer.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 92 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 103: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Functions

93

5

SMTP Reception Using Internet Fax

You can set this machine to SMTP reception.With SMTP reception, e-mail is received as soon as it is sent to the e-mail addressset by the machine. You can route received e-mail to other Internet Fax machinesas well.

PreparationSet this machine beforehand using the MX record of the DNS server to enableSMTP reception. Also, set the reception protocol to SMTP under “System Set-tings”. See “Connecting and Setting Up”, Network Guide.

Note❒ Even if SMTP reception is enabled on the DNS server, e-mail sent from the

SMTP server will not be received and the machine reports an error if SMTPreception is not set. Also, the SMTP server sends an error notification to theoriginator.

❒ If an error occurs while receiving e-mail, reception is aborted, the e-mail is de-leted, and Error Report is printed. Also, the SMTP server will send an errornotification to the originator.

❒ When the SMTP server attempts to route received documents to this machinewhile the machine is transmitting an e-mail, the machine will respond to theSMTP server with a “busy” signal. Then, the SMTP server usually tries re-sending the documents until the set timeout.

Referencep.74 “Auto E-mail Reception”, Facsimile Reference <Basic Features>p.94 “Routing e-mail received via SMTP”

AJA006S

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 93 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 104: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

94

5

Routing e-mail received via SMTP

E-mail received via SMTP can be routed to other fax machines. It can also berouted to single or group destinations programmed in the destination list.

PreparationBefore routing e-mail received via SMTP, you first must set “SMTP RX FileDelivery Settings” to “On”. See p.148 “E-mail Settings”.

Limitation❒ Depending on security settings, this function may not be available.

Note❒ If an e-mail transfer request is received when the “SMTP RX File Delivery Set-

tings” is “Off”, this machine responds with an error message to the SMTPserver.

❒ You can make settings that limit transfer to specified originators. See p.148“E-mail Settings”.

❒ Using this function, you can also send documents from your e-mail applica-tion to e-mail addresses and G3 fax machines' destinations through this ma-chine simultaneously. For details about specifying the destinations of faxmachines, see the following.

AJA007S

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 94 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 105: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Functions

95

5

-Specifying E-mail Transfer The originator can request transfer of e-mail sent to another fax machine by spec-ifying the e-mail address as follows:

❖ Fax Number fax=destination fax number@host name of this machine. domain name Example: to transfer to fax number 212-123-4567, specify: [email protected]

❖ Single destination programmed in the destination listfax=#registration number of 5 digits or less@host name of this machine.do-main name Example: to transfer to the destination number 00001: fax=#[email protected]

❖ Group destination programmed in the destination listfax=#**registration number of 5 digits or less@host name of this machine.do-main name Example: to transfer to the destination programmed under Group number 04: fax=#**[email protected]

Limitation❒ A maximum of 500 parties can be specified in a group.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 95 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 106: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

96

5

JBIG Reception

If you use JBIG (Joint Bi-level ImageExperts Group) compression, you cansend photographic originals fasterthan with other methods of compres-sion. It allows you to receive docu-ments sent in the JBIG format throughJBIG Transmission.

Limitation❒ You can only use this function with

telephone line.❒ If ECM is turned off, JBIG Reception

is unavailable. See p.166 “ECM (Er-ror Correction Mode)”.

Auto Fax Reception Power-Up

This machine can be set to shut downautomatically if no one has used it fora while. In these situations, even thoughthe operation switch is off, the machinecan still receive incoming documentsas long as the main power switch is on.

Important❒ Reception is not possible if both the

operation switch and main powerswitch are turned off.

Note❒ You can set whether documents

are printed as soon as they are received(Immediate Reception) with theUser Parameters. See p.167 “UserParameters” (switch 14, bit 0).

❒ You can also have fax documents re-ceived by Memory Reception (Sub-stitute Reception) printed after themachine is turned on.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 96 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 107: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Printing Options

97

5

Printing Options

Print Completion Beep

When this function is turned on, themachine beeps to let you know whena received document is printed.

Note❒ You can alter the volume of the

beep or turn it off completely (setthe volume to the minimum level).See p.91 “Adjusting the Volume”,Facsimile Reference <Basic Features>.

Checkered Mark

When this function is turned on, aCheckered Mark is printed on thefirst page of fax documents to helpyou separate them.

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

using Reception Setting. See p.147“Reception Settings”.

Center Mark

When this function is enabled, marksare printed halfway down the leftside and at the top center of each pagereceived. This makes it easy for you toposition a hole puncher correctlywhen you file received documents.

Note❒ The Center Mark may deviate a little

from the exact center of the edge.❒ You can enable or disable this function

using Reception Settings. See p.147“Reception Settings”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 97 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 108: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

98

5

Reception Time

You can have the date, time, and filenumber printed at the bottom of thedocument when it is received. Youcan turn this function on or off usingReception Settings. See p.147 “Recep-tion Settings”.

Note❒ When a received document is printed

on two or more sheets, the receptiontime is printed on the last page.

❒ The time when the document wasprinted can also be recorded on thedocument. If you need this func-tion, contact your service represen-tative.

Two-Sided Printing

You can have a received documentprinted on both sides of a sheet. Youcan turn this function on or off usingReception Settings. See p.147 “Recep-tion Settings”.

Limitation❒ To use this function, all pages of

the received document must be ofthe same size—inform the sendingparty of this beforehand if neces-sary. You must also have paper setin the machine of the same size asthat sent by the sending party. InTwo–Sided Printing, this machinewill correctly receive in A3L, B4JIS (Japanese Industrial Stan-dard)L, A4KL, B5 JISKL,A5KL(11"×17"L, 81/2"×14"L,81/2"×11"KL, 81/2"×51/2"L). Thefollowing table shows the resultsthat can be achieved when receiv-ing with this machine.

❒ This function works only when allpages are of the same width andreceived into memory.

❒ This function cannot be used withCombine Two Originals.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 98 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 109: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Printing Options

99

5

Note❒ Printouts may vary depending on

how the sender sets the originals.❒ You can select to have documents

only from selected senders printedin this way. See p.172 “SpecialSenders to Treat Differently”.

❒ Stored documents of the same sizeare printed on the same paper.Some stored documents may beunavailable for this printing option.

180-degree rotation printing

When printing on both sides of thepaper, this machine rotates images asshown in the diagram.

Multi-Copy Reception

If you switch this function on, multi-ple copies of each incoming fax docu-ment is printed. You can also select tohave multiple copies made of docu-ments from particular senders. Seep.172 “Special Senders to Treat Dif-ferently”. See p.147 “Reception Set-tings”.

Note❒ The maximum number of copies that

can be made for each document is 10.❒ When using the Multi-copy func-

tion with specified senders, themaximum number of copies is 10.

❒ You can turn this function on or offusing Reception Settings. See p.147“Reception Settings”.

❒ The machine will use Memory Re-ception for Multi-copy Reception.

CP2B02E0

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 99 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 110: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

100

5

Image Rotation

If you have set paper in the standardtray K, incoming fax documents areautomatically rotated to fit onto thepaper.

Note❒ You can choose to have received

documents printed from a speci-fied tray. See p.147 “Reception Set-tings”.

Combine Two Originals

When two documents of the samesize and orientation are received con-secutively, they are printed on a sin-gle sheet when you turn this functionon. This can help you economize onpaper.

• Two A5K documents are printedside by side on a sheet of A4L.

• Two B5 JISK documents are printedside by side on a sheet of B4 JISL.

• Two A4K documents are printedside by side on a sheet of A3L.

• Two 81/2"×51/2"K documents areprinted side by side on a sheet of81/2"×11"L.

• Two 81/2"×11"K documents are print-ed side by side on a sheet of 11"×17"L.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 100 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 111: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Printing Options

101

5

Limitation❒ This function does not work with doc-

uments larger than A5K, B5 JISK,A4K, 81/2"×11"K or 81/2"×51/2"K.When A5K, B5 JISK , A4K,81/2"×11"K or 81/2"×51/2"K size pa-per is loaded in the machine, each pageof the received document is printed ona single sheet. When A5L, B5 JISL,A4L, 81/2"×11"L or 81/2"×51/2"Lsize paper is loaded in the machine,each page of the received document isrotated and printed on a single sheet.

❒ If paper matching the size and ori-entation of a received document isavailable, Combine Two Originalsis not possible.

❒ If Combine Two Originals and 2Sided Print are selected at the sametime, 2 Sided Print takes priorityand Combine Two Originals is can-celed.

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

with the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 10, bit 1).

❒ This function uses Memory Reception.

Page Separation and Length Reduction

If the size of a received document islonger than the paper loaded in themachine, each page of the documentcan be split and printed on severalsheets, or reduced and printed on asingle sheet. For example, this func-tion splits the document if the docu-ment length is 20 mm (0.79") or longerthan the paper used. The document isreduced if it is less than 20 mm (0.79").When a document is split, an asterisk(*) is inserted at the split position andabout 10 mm (0.39") of the split area isduplicated on the top of the second sheet.

Note❒ Your service representative can cus-

tomize this function with the follow-ing settings:• Reduction• Print split mark• Overprinting• Overprinting length• Guideline for split

❒ You can adjust the overprinting andreduction lengths within the follow-ing ranges:• Overprinting length: 4 mm (0.16"),

10 mm (0.39"), 15 mm (0.59")• Guideline for split: 5-155 mm

(5 mm steps)/0.2-6.1" (0.2" steps)

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 101 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 112: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

102

5

Reverse Order Printing

Normally, pages of the received doc-ument are printed and stacked on thetray in the order they are received. Ifyou turn this function on, the machinewill start printing the document fromthe last page received.

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

using Reception Settings. See p.147“Reception Settings”.

❒ When this function is on, the firstpage is printed last.

❒ This function uses Memory Reception.

Page Reduction

If you receive a document that is longerthan the paper in the tray, the ma-chine usually prints it on two pages. Ifyou turn this function on, the ma-chine reduces the width and length ofthe received image so that it will fit onone page. If A4L paper is loaded anda document of B4 JISL size is re-ceived, the machine will reduce thedocument to a single A4L sheet.

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

with the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 10, bit 3).

❒ When this function is used, the printingquality may not be as good as usual.

Referencep.101 “Page Separation andLength Reduction”

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 102 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 113: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Printing Options

103

5

TSI Print (Transmitting Subscriber Identification Print)

Usually the sender's Fax Header isprinted on received documents. If thesender has not programmed their FaxHeader, you will not be able to identi-fy them. However, if you turn thisfunction on, the sender's Own Nameor Own Fax Number is printed in-stead so you can find out where thedocument came from. When you re-ceive an Internet Fax document, the e-mail address of the sender is printed.

Referencep.83 “Initial Settings and Adjust-ments”, Facsimile Reference <BasicFeatures>

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

in the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 02, bit 3).

If There Is No Paper of the Correct Size

If there is no paper in the machinethat matches the size of a receiveddocument, the machine will choose apaper size based on the paper available.

Note❒ The document is split over two sheets

of paper depending on the papersize.

❒ Paper placed in the bypass tray isnot usually selected for printing areceived document. However, youcan use this tray if you select thebypass tray as the main paper trayusing Reception with SpecifiedSenders. See p.172 “Special Send-ers to Treat Differently”.

❒ Widths that this machine can receiveare A4, B4 JIS, LT (81/2"×11") and A3.Any documents narrower than A4 orLT (81/2"×11") are received at A4 or LT(81/2"×11") width. The length of docu-ments depends on the document.

❒ The paper size used to print a re-ceived document may be differentfrom the size of the sent original.

Referencep.100 “Image Rotation”p.101 “Page Separat ion andLength Reduction”p.102 “Page Reduction”“Tray Paper Settings”, General Set-tings Guide

Page reduction Disabled

Reduction in Sub-scan Direction

Enabled

Page Separation Threshold

20 mm (0.79")

Width or Length Pri-ority

Width

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 103 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 114: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

104

5

Setting priority trays

With the same size of paper loadedinto multiple trays, you can make themachine use one tray for one functionand another tray for another function.For example, you may load white A4paper into tray 1 to use when makingcopies, and yellow A4 paper into tray2 to use when printing received faxes.You can then easily identify for whichpurpose paper has been output. Youcan perform this setting using SystemSettings. See “Tray Paper Settings”,General Settings Guide.

Note❒ When a different size of document

from the priority tray is received,the tray containing the same size ofpaper as the received document isused.

Just size printing

If you enable this function, receiveddocuments are printed on the sheetthat has the highest priority. Thisfunction is enabled with User Param-eters. See p.167 “User Parameters”(switch 05, bit 5). If the paper tray is not stocked withpaper of a suitable size to print a re-ceived document, a message appearson the display prompting you to loadpaper of the required size. When youhave loaded new paper, press [Exit] toprint the document.

Note❒ After pressing [Exit], procedure varies

depending on machine status whenthe message occurred.• If any received documents or re-

ports were being printed automat-ically, the printer automaticallycontinues printing from whereit left off.

• If any documents or reports werebeing printed manually, theprinter does not resume print-ing. Perform the operation fromthe beginning again.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 104 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 115: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Printing Options

105

5

Having incoming documents printed on paper from the bypass tray

You can print documents sent fromSpecified Senders on paper from thebypass tray.Set as follows:• Program a special sender and select

the Bypass Tray for the paper traytype. See p.179 “Programming By-pass Tray Paper Size” under “Pro-gram Special Sender”.

• Turn on the Authorized RX func-tion under the Program SpecialSender function. See p.179 “Pro-gramming Authorized RX andSpecial RX Function”.

Limitation❒ When using this function, printed

sheets cannot be delivered to thefinisher output tray. Even if youspecify the finisher output tray, sheetsare delivered to the Internal Tray 1.See “General Features”, GeneralSettings Guide.

Note❒ You can load a maximum of 100 sheets

of standard paper in the bypass tray.❒ You can use a size of paper not loaded

in the paper tray(s) in the bypass tray.❒ The machine can detect A4L, A3L

(81/2"×11"L, 11"×17"L) paper siz-es. When you load any other size,specify the paper size. However, ifthe specified paper size and size ofpaper set in the bypass tray do notmatch, paper jams may occur, orthe image may be shortened. Seep.179 “Programming Bypass TrayPaper Size”.

❒ Documents printed on paper smallerthan A4 may be shortened, or splitacross sheets.

❒ Paper longer than 600 mm may becreased, not sent, or jam.

❒ Print area depends on optional ex-pansion memory, resolution, andvertical length of originals.

❒ If you use this function, Image Rotationand 180-Degree Rotating Printing arenot possible.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 105 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 116: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Reception Features

106

5

Where Incoming Documents Are Delivered - Output Tray

Specifying Tray for Lines

The optional extra G3 interface unit is re-quired.

You can specify the document feedingtray for each port (telephone, InternetFax, IP-Fax). For example, you canspecify documents received throughthe G3-1 port to be fed to the “InternalTray 1” and documents receivedthrough the G3-2 port to be fed to the“Internal Tray 2”, facilitating separa-tion of files. You can also set the ma-chine to output Internet Fax documentsand ordinary faxes onto different trays.

Note❒ To use this function, specify the port

and destination using [Specify Trayfor Lines]. See p.147 “Reception Set-tings”.

Tray Shift

The optional finisher is required.

When the optional finisher unit is se-lected for fax output, you can use theTray Shift function whenever a fax orreport is printed.This is useful for separating faxesstacked in the finisher output tray.For example, if the previous incomingfax was output to the left, the next in-coming fax will be output to the rightand vice-versa.

Note❒ You can turn this function on or off

with the User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 19, bit 0).

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 106 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 117: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

107

6. Fax via Computer

Sending Fax Documents from Computers

The optional printer/scanner unit is required.

Using computers connected to the machine through parallel ports (optional),IEEE 1394 (IP Over 1394) ports (optional), LANs, wireless LANs (optional), orUSB 2.0 you can fax documents, created using Windows applications, to otherfax machines over a telephone line.• To send a fax, simply select [Print] from the Windows application, then select

LAN-Fax as the printer, and then specify a destination. LAN-Fax enables pa-perless faxing from your computer to the other destinations.

• In addition to sending faxes, the LAN-Fax Driver allows this machine to beused for printing out documents prepared on a computer for proof checking.

• To use the LAN-Fax Driver, connect this machine to a LAN and make the nec-essary network settings, and then install the LAN-Fax Driver and the relatedutilities on your computer.

Important❒ Errors occurring when the machine is used as a LAN-Fax will not be dis-

played on the computer. Check for errors by using a Web Image Monitor. SeeWeb Image Monitor help.

Note❒ It is recommended that you use a Web Image Monitor running under the

same network environment as this machine. Otherwise, the Web browsermay not open and an error may occur.

AJA008S

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 107 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 118: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

108

6

Before Use

To use these features, a LAN-Fax Driv-er must be installed on your computer.Use the LAN-Fax Driver included onthe printer CD-ROM. You must alsomake the required computer to faxnetwork settings on the machine, ac-cording to the type of connection.

ReferenceWhen a personal computer and themachine are connected in parallel: See “System Settings (Parallel Con-nection)”, Printer Reference.When using Ethernet, IEEE 1394(IP over 1394), or IEEE 802.11b(wireless LAN): See “Connecting and Setting Up”,Network Guide.

Installing the Software

You need to install a LAN-Fax Driveron your computer before using theLAN-Fax functions. The LAN-FaxDriver is on the CD-ROM includedwith the printer.Address Book and LAN-Fax CoverSheet Editor are installed with theLAN-Fax Driver. Address Book helpsyou edit LAN-Fax transmission desti-nations. LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editorhelps you edit LAN-Fax cover sheets.

Note❒ The following explanation assumes

that you are familiar with generalWindows procedures and practices.If you are not, see the operating in-structions that come with Windowsfor details.

Auto run program

With Windows 95/98/Me, Windows2000/XP, Windows Server 2003 and Win-dows NT 4.0, the installers for various driversand utilities launch automatically as AutoRun programs when you insert the CD-ROM.If your operating system is Windows2000/XP, Windows Server 2003 or Win-dows NT 4.0, installing a printer driver us-ing Auto Run requires Administratorpermissions. When you install LAN-FaxDriver using Auto Run, log on using an ac-count that has Administrator permissions.

Note❒ If the plug and play function starts,

click [Cancel] in the [New HardwareFound], [Device Driver Wizard], or[Found New Hardware Wizard] dialogbox, and then insert the CD-ROM.The [New Hardware Found] or [FoundNew Hardware Wizard] dialog box ap-pears depending on the system versionof Windows 95/98/Me, Windows2000/XP, Windows Server 2003, orWindows NT 4.0.

❒ Auto Run might not work automati-cally with certain OS settings. If this isthe case, double-click “Setup.exe”, lo-cated on the CD-ROM root directory.

❒ If you want to cancel Auto Run, holddown the {SHIFT} key (when yoursystem is Windows 2000/WindowsXP or Windows Server 2003, holddown the left {SHIFT} key) whileinserting the CD-ROM. Keep the{SHIFT} key held down until the com-puter stops reading the CD-ROM.

❒ Clicking [Cancel] during installationaborts the installation. If you cancelthe installation, restart your com-puter and install the rest of thesoftware or printer driver.

LAN-Fax Driver, Address Book, andLAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor can beinstalled by Auto Run.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 108 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 119: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sending Fax Documents from Computers

109

6

Installing individual applications

PreparationBefore installing the above appli-cations, install SmartDeviceMonitorfor Client. See “Software and UtilitiesIncluded on the CD-ROM”, PrinterReference.

Use the following procedure to installLAN-Fax Driver, Address Book, andLAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor at onetime.

A Quit all applications currently run-ning.

B Insert the CD-ROM included withthis machine into the CD-ROMdrive of your computer.The installer launches automatical-ly, and the language selection win-dow appears.

Note❒ Depending on your operating

system settings, the installermay not launch automatically.If it does not, double-click “Set-up.exe” in the CD-ROM root di-rectory to launch the installer.

C Select the interface language ofthe software, and then click [OK].

D Click [LAN-Fax Driver].The software license agreementwindow appears.

E Read all of the terms and, if youagree, select [I accept the agree-ment.], and then click [Next].

Note❒ If you select [I don't accept the agree-

ment.], you cannot complete the in-stallation.

F Select the [LAN-Fax Driver] check box,and then click [Next].

G Confirm that the [Printer Name:<LAN-Fax M7>] check box is selected, andthen click [Continue].

Note❒ Select the desired port.

H Click [Finish].The installation completion dialogbox appears.

I Click [Finish].

J Click [Exit].

Applications Stored on the CD-ROM

This section provides informationabout LAN-Fax Driver, Address Book,and LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor.

LAN-Fax Driver

This driver allows you to use LAN-Faxfunctions.

❖ Location of the fileThe following folders are on theCD-ROM:• LAN-Fax Driver for Windows

95/98/Me\DRIVERS\LAN-FAX\WIN9X_ME

• LAN-Fax Driver for WindowsNT 4.0\DRIVERS\LAN-FAX\NT4

• LAN-Fax Driver for Windows2000/XP\DRIVERS\LAN-FAX\WIN2K_XP

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 109 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 120: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

110

6

❖ Operating environment• Computer

PC/AT compatible• Operating systems

Microsoft Windows 95/98/MeMicrosoft Windows 2000/XPMicrosoft Windows Server 2003Microsoft Windows NT 4.0

• DisplayVGA 640×480 pixels or more

Limitation❒ All operations cannot be guaranteed

depending on the system environ-ment.

❒ When you use Windows NT, LAN-Fax Driver will not work in an RISCbase processor (MIPS R series, Al-pha AXP, PowerPC) environment.

Note❒ Before beginning installation, exit

all other applications.

Address Book

Address Book helps you edit LAN-Fax transmission destinations.

❖ Operating systemsMicrosoft Windows 95/98/MeMicrosoft Windows 2000/XPMicrosoft Windows Server 2003Microsoft Windows NT 4.0

LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor

LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor helpsyou edit LAN-Fax cover sheets.

❖ Operating systemsMicrosoft Windows 95/98/MeMicrosoft Windows 2000/XPMicrosoft Windows Server 2003Microsoft Windows NT 4.0

Setting LAN-Fax Driver Properties

Note❒ If your operating system is Win-

dows NT 4.0, Windows 2000/XP,or Windows Server 2003, log onusing an account that has Admin-istrator rights.

Setting print properties

This section describes how to makesettings such as paper size or resolu-tion.

A On the [Start] menu, point to [Set-tings], and then click [Printers].

Note❒ With Windows XP Professional

or Windows Server 2003, select[Printers and Faxes] on the [Start]menu.

❒ With Windows XP Home Edi-tion, select [Control Panel] on the[Start] menu. Next select [Print-ers and Other Hardware], and then[Printers and Faxes].

B Select to highlight [LAN-Fax M7],then click [Properties] on the [File]menu.

Note❒ With Windows NT, click [Docu-

ment Defaults...] on the [File]menu.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 110 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 121: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sending Fax Documents from Computers

111

6

C Set the print properties.

When using Windows 95/98/Me

A Click the [Paper] tab.B Set the following properties.

• Paper size• Orientation• Tray• Resolution• Gray scale• Printing images of True Type

fonts

When using Windows NT 4.0

A Set the following properties.• Paper size• Orientation• Tray• Resolution

When using Windows 2000/XP or Windows Server 2003

A Click the [Printing Preferences...]button.

B Set the following properties.• Paper size• Orientation• Tray• Resolution

D Click [OK].

Making Settings for Option Configuration

Make settings for optional units in-stalled in this machine.

Note❒ If the options on this machine are

not configured as instructed, LAN-Fax functions may fail.

❒ When this machine is connected toa network, option configuration isautomatically performed. For de-tails, see LAN-Fax Driver's Help.

A Perform steps A and B in “Settingprint properties”.

B Click the [Accessories] tab, and thenmake the settings for the optionconfiguration.

When using a network

A If the settings do not match theinstalled optional units, click[Load from Device].

When not using a network

A Select the check box of the in-stalled optional units.

C Click [Apply].Option configuration settings arecomplete.

D Click [OK].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 111 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 122: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

112

6

-[Accessories] tabThe [Accessories] tab contains the fol-lowing items besides option configu-ration items.

❖ Prohibit manual destination entryCheck this option to inhibit directdestination specification.

❖ Enable e-mailCheck this when using InternetFax with the LAN-Fax function.

❖ IP-FaxCheck this option when using IP-Fax.After checking this option, select aprotocol by clicking an appropri-ate radio button.

ReferenceProtocols are configured under IP-Fax Setting. See p.150 “IP-Fax Set-tings”.

Basic Transmission

This section describes how to send faxdocuments created using Windowsapplications. To send a fax, simply select [Print...]from the Windows application, thenselect [LAN-Fax M7] as the printer, andthen specify a destination in the [LAN-Fax] dialog box.Open the application document youwant to send or create a new docu-ment, and then perform the followingprocedure. For details, see Help.

Limitation❒ When using SmartDeviceMonitor

for Client, you cannot send docu-ments to this machine using morethan one LAN-Fax at the same time.

A On the [File] menu, click [Print...].

B Select [LAN-Fax M7] in the [Name:]list.

C Click [OK].The LAN-Fax dialog box appears.

Note❒ The setting method may differ

depending on the applicationyou are using. In all cases, select[LAN-Fax M7] for the printer.

D Specify the destination.Use one of the following proce-dures to specify a destination. Fordetails, see LAN-Fax Driver'sHelp.

Note❒ When user authentication is

used with this machine, click[User Settings].

❒ You can specify up to 500 desti-nations.

❒ Up to 400 documents transmit-ted from LAN-Fax can be kepton standby in this machine.

Specifying a destination using a destination list

A Click the [Address Book] or [Spec-ify Destination] tab.The [Address Book] or [SpecifyDestination] tab appears.

B Select the [Device Address] (or[Use device address]) check box.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 112 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 123: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sending Fax Documents from Computers

113

6

C The machine's address is displayedin the [Device Address] field onthe [Address Book] tab. On the[Specify Destination] tab, enterthe registration number of theDestination key.

D Click [Set as Destination].The entered destination is add-ed and appears in the [List ofDestination:] box.

Note❒ If you add a destination by

mistake, click the wrong des-tination, and then click [De-lete from List].

E To specify more destinations,repeat steps C and D.

Specifying a destination using Address Book

In order to use this method, youneed to register destinations in theaddress list using Address Book.See p.110 “Address Book”.A Click the [Address Book] tab.

The [Address Book] tab appears.B Select a CSV file containing the

desired destination list, fromthe drop-down menu.

Note❒ Up to the three most recently

used files appear in the drop-down menu. To use a desti-nation list that did not appear,click [Browse...], and then se-lect the file.

C Select [Contact] or [Group] in the[Name:] dropdown menu as thedisplay format.

Note❒ Destination list contents change

as follows, depending on theoption selected:• Contact: Individual name,

company name, departmentname, fax number

• Group: Group name❒ If you selected [Group] from

the [Name:] dropdown menu,proceed to step E.

D Select the type of fax from the[Type:] dropdown menu.

Note❒ Select the fax type as follows:

• Send by standard fax: [Fax]• Send by Internet Fax: [E-mail]• Send by IP-Fax: [IP-Fax]

❒ If you selected [Group] fromthe [Name:] dropdown menu,you cannot select the fax type.Proceed to step E.

E Click the destination in the des-tination list to highlight it, andthen click [Set as Destination].The entered destination is add-ed and appears in the [List ofDestination:] box.

Note❒ If you add a destination by

mistake, click the wrong des-tination, and then click [De-lete from List].

F To specify more destinations,repeat steps B through E.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 113 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 124: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

114

6

Specifying a destination by directly entering a fax number, Internet Fax destination, or IP-Fax destination

A Click the [Specify Destination] tab.The [Specify Destination] tab ap-pears.

B Select the type of fax from the[Type:] dropdown menu.

Note❒ Select the fax type as follows:

• Send by standard fax: [Fax]• Send by Internet Fax: [E-mail]• Send by IP-Fax: [IP-Fax]

❒ After you select the fax type,the items corresponding tothe selected type appear.

C Specify the destination.

Note❒ Specify the destination depend-

ing on the selected fax type asfollows:• If you selected [Fax]: enter

the fax number.• If you selected [E-mail]: en-

ter the e-mail address.• If you selected [IP-Fax]: en-

ter the IP-Fax destination.❒ You can enter up to 128 char-

acters for the destination.❒ To enter a pause in the fax

number, click [Pause]. If youselected [E-mail] or [IP-Fax] instep B, [Pause] is not avail-able.

Referencep.39 “Entering a Fax Num-ber”, Facsimile Reference <Ba-sic Features>p.41 “Entering an E-mail Ad-dress”, Facsimile Reference<Basic Features>p.43 “Entering an IP-FaxDestination”, Facsimile Refer-ence <Basic Features>

D Specify settings according totype of fax transmission.

Note❒ Specify settings according to

the type of fax transmissionselected in step B, as follows:• If you selected [Fax], select

a line in the [Line:] list.• If you selected [E-mail], se-

lect the [Do not use SMTPserver] check box if youwant to bypass the SMTPserver. See p.70 “Bypass-ing the SMTP Server”, Fac-simile Reference <BasicFeatures>.

• If you selected [IP-Fax], se-lect a protocol in the [Pro-tocol:] list.

E Click [Set as Destination].The entered destination is add-ed and displayed in the [List ofDestination:] box.

Note❒ If you have added a wrong

destination by mistake, clickthe wrong destination, andthen click [Delete from List].

F To specify more destinations,repeat steps B through E.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 114 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 125: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sending Fax Documents from Computers

115

6

E Specify necessary options.

Referencep.115 “Specifying options”.p.117 “Confirming transmissionresults by e-mail”.

F Click [Send].

Note❒ When you click [Send & Print],

the fax is sent to the destinationand your machine prints a copyof the document you sent.

Specifying options

You can specify the options in the fol-lowing list.For details, see LAN-Fax Driver'sHelp.• Sending at a Specific Time• Print Sender Stamp• Attach Cover Sheet• Two-Sided Printing• Display Preview• Save as File• Document Server

A Click [Send Options].The [Send Options] tab appears.

B Specify the options you want touse.

To send a fax document at a specific time

A Select the [Sending at specific time]check box, and then specify atransmission time.

B Click [Send].

To print a sender stamp

A Select the [Print Fax Header] checkbox.

B Click [Send].

To attach a cover sheet

A Select the [Attach a Cover Sheet]check box to attach a cover sheetto the document you are send-ing.

Note❒ Click [Edit Cover Sheet...] to

edit the cover sheet. See p.120“Editing Fax Cover Sheets”.

B Click [Send].

To specify two-sided printing

A Select the [2 sided printing] checkbox.

B Click [Send].

To display preview

Selecting the [Preview] check boxallows you to check how the faxdocument will be output at thedestination.A Select the [Preview] check box.B Click [Send] or [Send & Print].

The [Preview] window appears.C Click [Next] or [Previous] to check

the image.

Note❒ To close the [Preview] window,

click [Cancel].❒ To print the preview image,

click [OK].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 115 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 126: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

116

6

Saving as files

You can save the fax document inTIFF format.

Note❒ Single-page documents are saved

as single TIFF files, and multi-ple-page documents are savedas multiple TIFF files.

A Select the [Save as file] check box.B Click [Save to...].C Select a folder on the folder tree.D Select a method of file naming.

Note❒ To enter a file name manual-

ly, select the [Specify file namewhen saving] check box. Tohave the file assigned a nameand saved automatically, se-lect the [Automatically create anew file] check box.

E Click [OK].F Click [Save] or [Save & Send].

Note❒ If you select [Automatically cre-

ate a new file], the image file isassigned a name and savedunder the specified folder.

❒ The file name will be RicH-HMMSS.tif (HH: hours, MM:minutes, SS: seconds).

G Enter a file name.

Note❒ You can also change the fold-

er in this step.H Click [Save].

The image file is saved in thespecified folder.

To store the fax document on the Document Server

A Select the [Send to Document Serv-er] check box, and then enter auser name, file name, and pass-word.

Note❒ If [Hard Disk Unit] is not select-

ed in [Accessories] on theprinter properties dialog box,you cannot select [DocumentServer].

B Click [Send].

-Checking transmission using LAN-Fax Driver

From “SmartDeviceMonitor for Ad-min”, “SmartDeviceMonitor for Cli-ent”, or Web Image Monitor, you cancheck information about files sent us-ing LAN-Fax Driver. You can checkthe latest 70 files.Also, you can save the contents of thecommunication management reportin a personal computer as a CSV fileusing [Spool Printing Job List(Printer)] in“SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin”.

ReferenceSee the relevant Help for details.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 116 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 127: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sending Fax Documents from Computers

117

6

Note❒ When data is transmitted from the

LAN-Fax Driver via the “SmartDe-viceMonitor for Client” port, the“Data transfer completed”message appears on the computer'sdisplay, so you can easily ascertainthe communication progress. How-ever, if the volume of communica-tion data from the LAN-Fax to thismachine increases, the messagemay appear during the operation,due to the differences in memorycapacity between this machine and“SmartDeviceMonitor for Client”.For more accurate fax transmissionresults, use “Communication Re-sult Report”. See p.117 “Confirm-ing transmission results by e-mail”.

Confirming transmission results by e-mail

After communicating in the LAN-Faxmode, this function transmits thecommunication results with the com-puter by e-mail.When you have done [Send] or [Send& Print] using the LAN-Fax, and whenthe communication was successful, ittransmits an e-mail of the transmis-sion result. See p.32 “CommunicationResult Report (Memory Transmis-sion)”, Facsimile Reference <Basic Fea-tures>.Result notification e-mail is sentwhen printing is complete, or if an er-ror occurs during communication be-tween this machine and a computer.

Note❒ You can confirm transmission results

using the E-mail TX Results functionand the Communication Result Report.You can set whether to use both of thesetogether in User Parameters. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 10, bit 6).

❒ If there be any insufficient configura-tions in the e-mail menu on this ma-chine, or if “Auto Specify SenderName” is set to “Off”, the LAN-Fax re-sult notification e-mail is not transmit-ted, and the LAN-Fax Result Report isprinted. See “File Transfer”, NetworkGuide for the e-mail settings, andsee p.118 “LAN-Fax Result Re-port” for the LAN-Fax Result Report.

A Click the [E-mail Settings] tab.

B Select the [Notify] check box under[E-mail TX results].

C Enter the destination.

When entering the e-mail address directly

A Click the [Specify destinations] ra-dio button.

B Enter the e-mail address in the[Specify destinations] field.

When entering the machine's programmed address

A Click the [Device Address] radio button.B Enter the registration number

of the Destination key in the[Specify destinations] box.

Note❒ This field is unavailable when

the [Specify destinations] is se-lected, and you cannot enteranything in the text box.

D Click [Send].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 117 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 128: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

118

6

LAN-Fax Result Report

If “Email TX results” is set to “Notify”, if there be any insufficient configurationsin the e-mail menu on this machine, or if “Auto Specify Sender Name” is set to“Off”, the LAN-Fax result notification e-mail is not transmitted, and the LAN-Fax Result Report is printed. If the “E-mail TX Results” of “Sender Settings” hasnot been set at “Yes”, the LAN-Fax Result Report is printed.

Note❒ Whether or not the LAN-Fax Result Report is printed, can be configured at

“User Parameters”. See p.167 “User Parameters” (Switch 20, bit 0).❒ When executing [Send] or [Send & Print] with the LAN-Fax Driver, and when

the E-mail TX Result Report has not arrived, the Communication Result Re-port is printed. See p.32 “Communication Result Report (Memory Transmis-sion)”, Facsimile Reference <Basic Features>.

Printing and Saving

You can print documents created us-ing Windows applications. You can also save documents in TIFFformat.Open the application document youwant to print or create a new docu-ment, and then perform the followingprocedure. For details, see Help.

Note❒ You can select the length of time

the machine keeps document datain memory if print failed due toproblems such as paper shortageor paper jams. See p.167 “User Pa-rameters” (switch 20 , bit 2/3/4/5).

A On the [File] menu, click [Print...].

B Select [LAN-Fax M7] in the [Name:]list, and then click [OK]. The [LAN-Fax] dialog box appears.

Note❒ The setting method may differ

depending on the applicationyou are using. In all cases, select[LAN-Fax M7] for the printer.

Printing

A Click [Print] or [Send & Print].

Note❒ You can save the fax image in

a file. See p.116 “Saving asfiles”.

Editing Address Book

You can program and edit destina-tions in the address list using the Ad-dress Book.For details, see Help.

A On the [Start] menu, point to [Pro-grams], [LAN-Fax Utilities], and thenclick [Address Book]. The [Address Book] dialog box ap-pears.

Note❒ If LAN-Fax Driver has already

started up, click [Edit AddressBook...].

B Click [New/Browse...], and then se-lect the CSV file containing theaddress list to be edited.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 118 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 129: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sending Fax Documents from Computers

119

6

C Edit an existing destination or pro-gram a new one.

Note❒ You can use files created in CSV

format, as Address Book data.For this purpose, create CSVfiles that conform to a certainformat. For more information,see Help.

❒ To program the contents of theAddress Book of this machine tothe destination list, select the[Use device address] check box,then enter the Destination key'sregistration number in the [De-vice Address] field.

Programming new destinations

A Enter the destination and name.

Note❒ You can enter a name, company

name, department name, faxnumber, e-mail address, and IP-Fax address. The name anddestination (Fax Number, E-mail Address or IP-Fax Ad-dress) cannot be omitted.

❒ For [Line:] under [Fax number:],select the appropriate linetype; G3, G3-2, G3-3, G3 Dir.Auto, G3 PABX Auto, or I-G3.

❒ To bypass the SMTP server,under the [E-mail address:] box,select the [Do not use SMTP serv-er] check box.

❒ For [Protocol:] under [IP-Fax ad-dress:], select [H.323] or [SIP].

B Click [Add]. The destination is added to thedestination list.

Editing programmed destinations

A Select the destination you wantto edit so it is highlighted inthe list.

B Edit the data.C Click [Update].

Deleting programmed destinations

A Select the destination you wantto delete so it is highlighted inthe list.

B Click [Delete]. C Click [Yes].

D Click [Close].

E If you made changes to a destina-tion, a confirmation message ap-pears. To save the changes, click[Yes]. If you do not want to save the changesand want to quit editing, click [No]. To return to the editing display,click [Cancel].

Note❒ The confirmation dialog box does

not appear when you have notmade any changes after startingAddress Book.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 119 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 130: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

120

6

-Using the machine's Address Book data in the destination list of the LAN-Fax

You can save information about faxdestinations registered to this machinein a personal computer as a CSV fileusing “Address Management Tool”in “SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin”.Saved CSV files can be inserted intothe destination table of the LAN-FaxDriver by selecting [New/Browse...] inAddress Book. Save the file again forthe LAN-Fax Driver.

ReferenceFor details, see “SmartDeviceMon-itor for Admin” Help.

Note❒ When destinations registered in

groups by this machine are insert-ed into Address Book, each per-son's destination is determinedaccording to the following order ofpriority (check before insertingand changing the order of priority,if necessary): IP-Fax destination →Fax number → Mail address

❒ Depending on the machine type,you may not be able to use the ma-chine when it is updating the Ad-dress Book using CSV files (retrievedusing SmartDeviceMonitor forAdmin) that contain user codes.

-Managing facsimile functions using SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin

You can check information about thismachine's fax functions using a com-puter and save files on a computer us-ing SmartDeviceMonitor for Admin.

Note❒ For details about SmartDeviceMon-

itor for Admin and its installation,see Printer Reference.

❒ For details, see Network Guide andSmartDeviceMonitor for AdminHelp.

Editing Fax Cover Sheets

LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor allows youto edit the format for fax cover sheets.It is necessary to create a cover sheetfile before attaching a cover sheet tofax document using LAN-Fax Driver.

Creating a cover sheet

Use the following procedure to createa fax cover sheet.You can edit the following items us-ing LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor.• Company name as destination info.• Department name as destination info.• Person name as destination info.• Company name as sender info.• Department name as sender info.• Person name as sender info.• Telephone number as sender info.• Fax number as sender info.• Date• Message

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 120 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 131: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Sending Fax Documents from Computers

121

6

Note❒ Cover sheet data is stored in its own

format (using “fcp” as its exten-sion)

A On the [Start] menu, point to [Pro-grams], [LAN-Fax Utilities], and thenclick [LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor].The [LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor] di-alog box appears.

B Edit the cover sheet.

Note❒ For details about operations, see

Help.

C Click [Save as...] on the [File] menu.

D Select a folder, and then enter afile name.

E Click [Save].

Attaching a created cover sheet

Use the following procedure to attacha created cover sheet file to a fax doc-ument.

A On the [File] menu, click [Print...].

B Select [LAN-Fax M7] in the [Name:]list, and then click [OK].The [LAN-Fax] dialog box appears.

C Click [Edit Cover Sheet...].The [Cover Sheet] dialog box appears.

D Select a cover sheet file from thedrop-down list or after clicking[Browse...] in [Select Cover Sheet].

Note❒ The selection made in [Select

Cover Sheet] is not canceled un-less you select another file. Ifyou want to change only desti-nation information, omit thisstep and proceed to step E.

E Select the type of information from[To:].

Note❒ You can select [Use Address Book],

[To Whom It May Concern], [EditNames], or [(None)]. Selecting[Edit Names] allows you to entercompany, department, and per-son names.

F To print the date, select the [With aDate] check box.

G Enter the sender information.

Note❒ You can enter company, depart-

ment, and person names, andtelephone and fax numbers.

❒ To add a message, select the [Witha Message] check box, and thenenter a message.

H Click [OK].

I Specify a destination.

J Click the [Send Options] tab, and thenselect the [Attach a Cover Sheet]check box.

K Click [Send].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 121 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 132: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

122

6

LAN-Fax Operation Messages

Message Causes and Solutions

Cannot access the print-er. Click [retry] to send the data again.

Check the network connection.

Check that the power is turned on.

The number of entries in Destinations exceed the limits. Up to 500 entries can be entered.

The number of destinations specified exceeds the maxi-mum possible. The maximum number of destinations that can be specified at one time is 500.

“LAN-Fax” has already been launched. Cannot launch it again.

The [LAN-Fax] dialog box is already open. Quit LAN-Fax once, and then start it up again.

Failed to allocate memo-ry.

Available memory on the computer is insufficient. Quit applications currently not in use.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 122 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 133: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Viewing Fax Information Using a Web Browser

123

6

Viewing Fax Information Using a Web Browser

The optional printer/scanner unit is required.

You can view received fax documentsand their lists or print these docu-ments using a Web Image Monitor ona network computer.

Note❒ It is recommended that you use a

Web Image Monitor running un-der the same network environ-ment as this machine. Otherwise,the Web browser may not openand an error may occur.

❒ You need to select “Store” as the“Reception File Setting” in the Fac-simile Features menu. See p.195“Storing or Printing Received Doc-uments”.

❒ You can also check and managethe documents using DeskTop-Binder Lite. See p.139 “ManagingDocuments Saved in the Docu-ment Server from a Computer”.

Reference“Using Web Image Monitor”, Net-work Guide

Viewing, Printing, and Deleting Received Fax Documents Using a Web Image Monitor

Use the following procedure to viewand/or print received fax documentsusing a Web Image Monitor.

Viewing received fax documents using a Web browser

A Start a Web browser.

B Enter the machine's IP address inthe [Address] field.

C Click [Fax Received File] in the leftpane.

With a user code (stored received file) programmed

A If you have programmed a usercode, enter the code, and thenpress [OK]. A list of the received fax docu-ments appears.

Note❒ If the programmed user code

was deleted using the AddressBook Management functionunder System Settings, amessage indicating incorrectuser code entry appears. Ifthis is the case, reprogram auser code. See p.197 “Settinga User for Viewing Receivedand Stored Documents”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 123 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 134: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

124

6

D Click the Property icon of the de-sired fax document.

Note❒ To view a list of the fax docu-

ments, select the thumbnail dis-play, detail display, or icon display.Click [Thumbnails], [Details], or[Icons] in the [Display method:]list.

❒ To download the document dataon the list of received fax docu-ments, click [TIFF] or [PDF]. Fordetails about downloading, seethe Web Image Monitor Help.

E View the content of the fax docu-ment.

Note❒ To enlarge the preview image,

click [Enlarge Image]. Enlarge-ment cannot be performed with-out Acrobat Reader installed.For more information, see Helpon the Web Image Monitor.

F To download the received fax doc-ument, click [PDF] or [Multi-pageTIFF].Clicking [PDF] causes AcrobatReader to start and the documentto be displayed.Clicking [Multi-page TIFF] causes adownloading confirmation win-dow to appear.

Note❒ The method for downloading

differs depending on the select-ed format. For more informa-tion, see Help on the Web ImageMonitor.

Printing fax information using a Web browser

A Start a Web browser.

B Enter the machine's IP address inthe [Address] field.

C Click [Fax Received File] in the leftpane.The list of received fax documentsappears.

D Click and select the check box be-side the fax document to be print-ed.

Note❒ To view a list of the fax docu-

ments, select the thumbnail dis-play, detail display, or icon display.Click [Thumbnails], [Details], or[Icons] in the [Display method:]list.

E Click [Print].

F Click [Start Print].

Note❒ To cancel printing, press [Can-

cel] before clicking [Start Print].❒ You can change the printing order

of selected multiple documents.You can also have documentsprinted on both sides of the pa-per. For more information, seeHelp on the Web Image Moni-tor.

G Click [OK].The display returns to that of stepD.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 124 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 135: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Viewing Fax Information Using a Web Browser

125

6

Deleting fax information using a Web browser

A Start a Web browser.

B Enter the machine's IP address inthe [Address] field.

C Click [Fax Received File] in the leftpane.The list of received fax documentsappears.

D Select the check box of the fax doc-ument to be deleted in the [Displaymethod:] list.

Note❒ To view a list of the fax docu-

ments, select the thumbnail dis-play, detail display, or icon display.Click [Thumbnails], [Details], or[Icons] in the [Display method:]list.

E Click [Delete].

F Click [Delete File].

Note❒ To cancel deletion, press [Can-

cel] before clicking [Delete File]. ❒ After selecting multiple docu-

ments, you can also cancel dele-tion of some of the selecteddocuments. For more informa-tion, see Help on the Web ImageMonitor.

G Click [OK].The display returns to that of stepD.

Programming Destination Information from Web Browser

If the receiving machine is compliantwith T.37 full mode Internet Fax, youcan program the receiver's propertiesfrom Web Image Monitor. You canprogram the following properties:• Compression type• Paper size• Character size

Note❒ For a detailed description, see Help

for Web Image Monitor.❒ When a receiver that is programmed

as full mode in the Address Bookreturns a Reception Notice e-mail,the contents of the newly receivede-mail overwrite the existing infor-mation.

Referencep.61 “T.37 Full Mode”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

A Start the Web browser.

B Enter the IP address of the machineyou want to monitor after “http://”in the address field.The top screen is displayed.

C Click [Login], and then enter theAdministrator's name and pass-word.

D Click [Address Book] in the left pane.The Address Book is displayed.

E Set the Internet Fax data format.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 125 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 136: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

126

6

To edit machine properties already programmed

A Click the radio button to the leftof the machine you want to mod-ify, and then click [Change].The [Change User] page appears.

B Set the properties for InternetFax data format other than themode selection.

Note❒ If you change the mode to

“Simple Mode”, you cannotset machine properties.

C Click [OK] at the upper-right ofthe screen.The Address Book is displayed.

Note❒ To cancel the setting, click [Can-

cel] in the upper-right of thescreen.

To add new receiver

A Click [Add].The [Add User] page appears.

B Check that [User] is selected inthe dropdown menu.

C Enter the registration number,name, and e-mail address, thenset the necessary properties.

Note❒ You can set the Internet Fax

data format after entering thee-mail address.

D Click [Full Mode] under [InternetFax Data Format], and set theproperties according to the re-ceiver's properties.

Note❒ If you change the mode to

“Simple Mode”, you cannotset machine properties.

E Click [OK] in the upper-right ofthe screen.The Address Book is displayed.

Note❒ To cancel the setting, click [Can-

cel] in the upper-right of thescreen.

F Close the Web browser.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 126 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 137: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Delivering Files Received by Fax

127

6

Delivering Files Received by Fax

The optional printer/scanner unit is required.

ScanRouter EX Professional (sold separately) is also required as a delivery server. Desk-TopBinder Lite or DeskTopBinder Professional (sold separately) software must be in-stalled on your computer.

Documents received by the machinecan be viewed on or downloaded to acomputer with the network deliveryserver, ScanRouter EX Professional.This is a useful function, enabling youto view and store documents on yourcomputer without printing them.Using the delivery server, you caneliminate the task of retrieving anddelivering documents.

❖ FunctionsDelivery server provides the fol-lowing functions:• Use the delivery server to associ-

ate incoming documents (Confi-dential ID, SUB Code, OwnName, and Own Fax Number)with receivers, so documentsare delivered to the intended re-ceivers.

• You can select the delivery meth-od for incoming documents:“Save in the delivery server in-box”, “Send as an e-mail attach-ment”, or “Save in the designatedfolder on the computer”. Incom-ing documents with no Confi-dential ID for ID OverrideConfidential Transmission, SUBCode, Own Name, or Own FaxNumber are saved in the deliv-ery server inbox. You can alsoset it so that the received docu-ments are stored in the specifieddelivery server inbox accordingto the line used for reception.

• You can check or download re-ceived documents stored in thedelivery server inbox using Desk-TopBinder Lite or DeskTopBind-er Professional.

Limitation❒ Confidential documents are

also forwarded to the deliv-ery server.

Note❒ To view or download docu-

ments stored in the deliveryserver inbox, you need to in-stall DeskTopBinder Lite orthe separately sold DeskTop-Binder Professional on yourcomputer.

❒ To send received documentsto your computer as e-mailattachments, you need tohave a ScanRouter EX Pro-fessional-compatible e-mailprogram on your computer.

❒ To create a network using thedelivery server, settings mustbe specified in the User Toolsof the machine. Settings mustalso be specified on the deliv-ery server. See “File Trans-fer”, Network Guide.

❒ See ScanRouter EX ProfessionalHelp or instructions for moreinformation about the deliv-ery server (ScanRouter EXProfessional).

❒ For information about DeskTop-Binder, see DeskTopBinder'smanual and Help.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 127 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 138: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Fax via Computer

128

6

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 128 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 139: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

129

7. Simplifying the Operation

Programs

If you regularly send documents to aparticular destination or transmit us-ing the same functions, you can saverepetitive keypad operations by reg-istering this information in a Key-stroke Program.

Registering and Changing Keystroke Programs

Keystroke Programs can be recalledby just pressing a Destination key.The following procedure can be usedto program a new Keystroke Programor overwrite an old one.You can register the following itemsin Keystroke Programs:• Memory Transmission, Internet Fax

transmission, Immediate Trans-mission, destinations (up to 500numbers), Resolution, OriginalType, Select Line (only when a des-tination is specified using numberkeys), Stamp, Send Later, Confi-dential TX, Auto Image Density,Manual Image Density, Scan Area,Mixed Original Sizes, Auto Docu-ment, Book Fax, Polling TX, Poll-ing RX, Transfer Req., 2 SidedOriginal, Enter Text, Recept. No-tice, BCC TX, Protocol, Store File,Options

• Program name (up to 20 characters)

Limitation❒ Destinations and polling transmis-

sion cannot be registered in pro-gram No.1 as Keystroke Programs.

Note❒ The maximum number of programs

you can register is 100.❒ Use the same procedure to register

and change programs. In step E,select the program number youwant to change.

❒ The method of registering or changingprograms for the copy function isdifferent from that of the fax func-tion.

AMake the settings you want to reg-ister in the program.

Note❒ The procedure for programming

differs depending on the itemsyou want to register.

❒ Press the {Clear Modes} key tocancel programming.

Example of registering a program using Send Later with the fax number “0123456789”

A Press {0}, {1}, {2}, {3}, {4}, {5},{6}, {7}, {8}, {9} using thenumber keys.

B Continue doing the Send Latersetting until the standby screenappears when you press [OK].

Referencep.3 “Sending at a SpecificTime (Send Later)”

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 129 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 140: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Simplifying the Operation

130

7

BMake sure that the machine is infacsimile mode and the standbydisplay is shown.

Note❒ If the standby display is not shown,

press the {Facsimile} key.

C Press the {Program} key.

DMake sure that [Register] is select-ed.

E Select a program number in which“*Not Stored” is shown.

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press [Can-

cel] and select a program numberagain.

❒ When you change a KeystrokeProgram, press [Register] afterpressing the program numberyou want to change. If you makea mistake, press [Do not Register]and return to step E.

F Enter the program name, and thenpress [OK].The standby display appears.

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press [Back-

space] or [Delete All], and thentry again.

❒ You should register the programname.

❒ To cancel a program, press [Can-cel]. The display returns to thatof step E.

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

Registering a priority function using a program

You can select whether or not the func-tion registered in program No. 1 is setafter the power is turned on or the{Clear Modes} key is pressed.After registering a function in pro-gram No. 1, select [Program No.1] for[Change Initial Mode] on the FacsimileFeatures menu. See p.145 “GeneralSettings/Adjustment”.

Limitation❒ Destinations and polling transmis-

sion cannot be registered in pro-gram No.1 as Keystroke Programs.

Note❒ To store fax documents in the Doc-

ument Server each time you send afax, register [Store & Transmit] forStore File in program No.1, andthen set the values registered inprogram No.1 to be used as the ini-tial settings after power on or if the{Clear Modes} key is pressed.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 130 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 141: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Programs

131

7

Changing a program name

AMake sure that the machine is in fac-simile mode and the standby displayis shown.

Note❒ If the standby display is not shown,

press the {Facsimile} key.

B Press the {Program} key.

C Press [Change Name].

D Select the program number of thename you want to change.

E Enter a new program name, andthen press [OK].

Note❒ Press [Cancel] to cancel the change,

and proceed to step F.

F Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

Deleting a Program

AMake sure that the machine is in fac-simile mode and the standby displayis shown.

Note❒ If the standby display is not shown,

press the {Facsimile} key.

B Press the {Program} key.

C Press [Delete].

D Select the program number you wantto delete.

E Press [Yes].

Note❒ Press [No] not to delete the pro-

gram. The display returns tothat of step D.

F Press [Exit].The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 131 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 142: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Simplifying the Operation

132

7

Using a Program

Note❒ Using the program causes the pre-

vious settings to be cleared.❒ If you have no programmed desti-

nations or scan settings as programs,select the program number, andthen enter the fax number of thedestination and select the scan set-tings you require.

AMake sure that the machine is infacsimile mode and the standbydisplay is shown.

Note❒ If the standby display is not shown,

press the {Facsimile} key.

B Place the original.

C Press the {Program} key.

D Confirm that [Recall] is selected,and press the registered programnumber.

The standby display appears.Then, the programmed fax numberis shown. Transmission Mode isselected.

E Press the {Start} key.The fax number and specified timeare shown on the display, and themachine starts to scan the original.Transmission starts at the specifiedtime.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 132 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 143: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using the Document Server

133

7

Using the Document Server

The Document Server can store docu-ments from various applications.The documents that are stored usingthe facsimile function are available totransmit by facsimile.Storing in the Document Server en-ables the following:• Once stored, a document can be

sent out as many times as you want,just by selecting it.

• Storing a document does not usefacsimile memory.

You can send and print multiplestored documents as a single docu-ment, and also send them with scannedoriginals at the same time. Follow theinstructions under [Select Stored File]in [Sub TX Mode] when sending orprinting stored documents. See p.68“Sending a Stored File”.

Reference“What You Can Do with This Ma-chine”, General Settings Guide

Important❒ Data stored in the machine can be

lost if there is an error on the ma-chine’s hard disk. The manufactur-er is not responsible for any damagethat might result from the loss ofdata.

Note❒ Stored documents are not deleted

even if there is a power failure, orthe main power switch is turnedoff.

❒ You can specify whether or not themachine automatically deletesdocuments from the DocumentServer after a certain number ofdays. The delete function is pre-configured with the software andautomatically deletes any storeddocument that is more than threedays (72 hours) old. You can changethis setting using “Auto DeleteFile” under “System Settings” . See“Administrator Tools — Auto De-lete File in Document Server”, Gen-eral Settings Guide.

❒ You can store approximately 9,000pages (ITU-T No.4 chart) in theDocument Server, using the copy,facsimile, printer, and scannerfunctions.

❒ The Document Server has a memo-ry capacity of 3,000 documentsmaximum.

❒ You can store up to 1,000 pages perdocument.

❒ You cannot check received andstored documents through theDocument Server. See p.34 “Print-ing Received and Stored Docu-ments”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 133 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 144: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Simplifying the Operation

134

7

Storing a Document

You can store and send a document atthe same time. You can also just storea document.

❖ File namesScanned documents are automatical-ly assigned names like “FAX0001”or “FAX0002”. See p.135 “Setting afile name”.

❖ User NamesYou can set this function if neces-sary to know who and what de-partments stored documents in themachine. See p.135 “Programminga user name”.

❖ PasswordYou can set this function so as notto send to unspecified people. Seep.135 “Setting a password”.

Note❒ You can change file names and

user names. See p.136 “ChangingStored Document Information”.

AMake sure that the machine is infacsimile mode and the standbydisplay is shown.If the standby display is not shown,press the {Facsimile} key.

B Place the original, and then selectthe scan settings you require.

Referencep.15 “Placing Originals”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>p.34 “Scan Settings”, FacsimileReference <Basic Features>

C Press [Store File].

D Select [Store & Transmit] or [Store only].Select [Store & Transmit] to senddocuments after they are stored.Select [Store only] to store documents.

Note❒ When [Store only] is selected,

“pppppppppp” isshown.

E Press [File Info. Setting], and then setthe user name, file name, andpassword as necessary.

Note❒ If you are not setting a user name,

file name, or password, proceedto step F.

❒ You cannot change multiple doc-uments at once.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 134 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 145: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using the Document Server

135

7

Programming a user name

Note❒ Set a user name from those pro-

grammed in the user code. Usercode is programmed in SystemSettings. See “Registering aNew User Code”, General Set-tings Guide.

A Press [User Name].

B Press the user name to be pro-grammed, and then press [OK].

Note❒ Press the title key to switch

between titles.❒ To set a non-programmed user

name, press [Non-programmedName], and then enter thename. User names enteredby pressing [Non-programmedName] are not programmedinto the user code.

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

C Press [OK].

Setting a file name

A Press [File Name].

B Enter the file name, and thenpress [OK].

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

C Press [OK].

Setting a password

A Press [Password].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 135 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 146: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Simplifying the Operation

136

7

B Enter a password using the numberkeys, and then press [#].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [#], and thenreenter your password.

❒ You can enter up to four to eightdigits.

C Enter the password again, andthen press [#].

D Press [OK].

Note❒ Press [Change] to enter a dif-

ferent password.E Press [OK].

F Press [OK].

G If you have selected [Store & Trans-mit], specify the receiver.

Note❒ If you have selected [Store only],

proceed to step H.

H Press the {Start} key.

Changing Stored Document Information

You can change the file name, user name,and password of stored documents.To change a stored document, deletethe document you no longer need,and then reprogram the new docu-ment. See p.138 “Deleting a StoredDocument”.

Note❒ You can program one of the Quick

Operation keys with operations forthis function. Using the key allowsyou to omit step A. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

A Press [Sub TX Mode].

B Select [Select Stored File].

C Select [Manage / Delete File], and thenpress the document to be changed.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 136 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 147: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using the Document Server

137

7

D If you select a document for whicha password is set, enter the pass-word, and then press [OK]. When a selected file does not havea password, proceed to step E.

E Change the desired informationof the stored document.

Changing a user name

A Press [Change User Name].B Press [Clear].

The user name is deleted.

C Enter the new user name, andthen press [OK].

Note❒ Press the title word keys to

switch between titles.❒ To set a non-programmed user

name, press [Non-programmedName], and then enter thename.

❒ User names entered by press-ing [Non-programmed Name]are not programmed into theuser code.

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

Changing the file name

A Press [Change File Name].B Press [Backspace] or [Delete All],

and then re-enter the file name.

Reference“Entering Text” General Set-tings Guide

C Press [OK].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 137 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 148: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Simplifying the Operation

138

7

Changing the password

A Press [Change Password].B Press upper [Change].C Enter a new password using the

number keys, and then press[#].

D Press lower [Change].E Enter the password again, and

then press [#].F Press [OK].

F Press [Exit].

G Press [OK].The standby display appears.

Deleting a Stored Document

Use this function to delete stored documents.

Note❒ You can program one of the Quick

Operation keys with operations forthis function. Using the key allowsyou to omit step A. See p.145 “Gen-eral Settings/Adjustment”.

A Press [Sub TX Mode].

B Press [Select Stored File].

C Press [Manage / Delete File].

D Select the document you want todelete.

Note❒ You can also delete multiple doc-

uments at once.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 138 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 149: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using the Document Server

139

7

With a programmed password

A Enter a password using the numberkeys, and then press [OK].

E Press [Delete File].

F Press [Delete].

Note❒ If you do not want to delete the

document, press [Do not Delete].

G Press [Exit].

H Press [OK].The standby display appears.

Managing Documents Saved in the Document Server from a Computer

The optional printer/scanner unit is re-quired.

Note❒ It is recommended that you use a

Web Image Monitor running underthe same network environment asthis machine. Otherwise, the Webbrowser may not open and an er-ror may occur.

Using DeskTopBinder

Fax documents saved in the Docu-ment Server can be viewed and con-trolled from a network computerwith DeskTopBinder installed. The following operations are avail-able using the computer: • Displaying documents (Easy Viewer)• Displaying document properties (Prop-

erties)• Deleting documents (Delete)• Copying documents to a computer

(Copy)• Printing documents (Print from Doc-

ument Server)• Exporting documents as files (Ex-

port Document) • Importing documents into a com-

puter (Import Document)For more information, see DeskTop-Binder's manual and Help.

Limitation❒ If you use a link in Auto Document

Link the versions earlier thanDeskTopBinder Lite or Profession-al version 4.0.0.0., set the SNTPServer Address as “0.0.0.0” onWeb Image Monitor. If the addressis not set correctly, documents can-not be properly imported. For de-tails about import settings, seeHelp for Web Image Monitor.

Note❒ When you send a document using

the fax, if the registration numberin the Address Book registered tothe machine is specified, you cansend the document to a fax numberonly. Documents cannot be senteven if e-mail and IP-Fax address-es are already registered.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 139 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 150: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Simplifying the Operation

140

7

Using a Web browser

Fax documents saved in the DocumentServer can be viewed using a Web Im-age Monitor on a network computer.These fax documents can also bedownloaded to the computer's harddisk. See p.123 “Viewing Fax Infor-mation Using a Web Browser”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 140 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 151: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

141

8. Facsimile Features

Function List

The User Tools allow you to program your identification, store frequently usednumbers and settings, and customize default settings to meet your needs.The User Tools are grouped by functions so that you can quickly and easily findthe desired User Tool.

❖ General Settings/Adjustment

Description Reference

Default Transmission Mode and scan set-tings. When the power is turned on, settings specified here are selected:

p.145 “General Settings/Adjustment”

• Memory / Immed. Transmission Switch

• Text Size Priority

• Original Type Priority

• Auto Image Density

• Adjust Scan Density

• Select Title

• Change Initial Mode

• Adjust Sound Volume p.91 “Adjusting the Volume”, Facsimile Refer-ence <Basic Features>

• Program Fax Information p.83 “Initial Settings and Adjustments”, Fac-simile Reference <Basic Features>

• Scan End Reset

• TX Stamp Priority

• Line Priority Setting

• Program Economy Time

• On Hook Mode Release Time

• Quick Operation Key

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 141 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 152: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Facsimile Features

142

8

❖ Reception Settings

❖ E-mail Settings

❖ IP-Fax Settings

Description Reference

Allows you to switch the following reception functions on or off:

p.147 “Reception Settings”

• Switch Reception Mode

• Authorized RX p.176 “Authorized RX (Authorized Recep-tion)”

• Forwarding p.176 “Forwarding”

• RX File Print Qty p.177 “Reception File Print Qty”

• 2 Sided Print p.98 “Two-Sided Printing”

• RX Reverse Printing p.102 “Reverse Order Printing”

• Paper Tray p.178 “Paper Tray”

• Specify Tray for Lines p.106 “Specifying Tray for Lines”

• Checkered Mark p.97 “Checkered Mark”

• Center Mark p.97 “Center Mark”

• Print Reception Time p.98 “Reception Time”

Description Reference

• Internet Fax Settings

• Max. E-mail Size

• SMTP RX File Delivery Settings

p.148 “E-mail Settings”

Description Reference

• Enable H.323

• Enable SIP

• H.323 Settings

• SIP Settings

• Program / Change / Delete Gateway

p.150 “IP-Fax Settings”

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 142 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 153: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Function List

143

8

❖ Administrator Tools

-Displays• Each menu appears in each tab.• You can switch the display by pressing [UPrev.] or [TNext].• The selected item is highlighted.• When you have made all required settings, press [OK]. If [OK] is not pressed,

the new settings might be canceled.• Press [Cancel] to cancel the new settings. The previous display appears.

Description Reference

• Program / Change / Delete Standard Message

• Store / Change / Delete Auto Document

• Program / Change / Delete Scan Size

• Print Journal

• Transmission Page Count

• Forwarding

• Memory Lock RX

• ECM

• Parameter Setting

• Program Special Sender

• Box Setting

• Transfer Report

• Program Confidential ID

• Program Polling ID

• Program Memory Lock ID

• Select Dial / Push Phone

• Reception File Setting

• Stored RX File User Setting

• Menu Protection Settings

• Folder Transfer Result Report

p.155 “Administrator Setting”

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 143 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 154: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Facsimile Features

144

8

Accessing User Tools (Facsimile Features)

Customize the facsimile settings ac-cording to the operations to be fre-quently performed.

Note❒ The machine allows you to change

the facsimile defaults in a modethat is not the facsimile mode. Af-ter changing the defaults, select fac-simile mode again. This sectiondescribes the facsimile defaultsthat the machine allows you to cus-tomize.

❒ Customized facsimile defaults arekept until the defaults are changedagain. The new settings are notcanceled by turning off the mainpower switch or the operation switch,or pressing the {Clear Modes} key.

ReferenceFor the items that can be changedusing System Settings, see “UserTools (System Settings)”, GeneralSettings Guide.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The User Tools main menu appears.

B Press [Facsimile Features].The Facsimile Features menu ap-pears.

C Select the item that you want tochange.The corresponding setting displayappears.

Referencep.141 “Function List”

D Follow the displayed instructionsto change the default, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Cancel].

Quitting Default Settings

A After changing the defaults, press[Exit] on the User Tools main menu.The standby display appears.

Note❒ You can also press the {User

Tools/Counter} key to quit theUser Tools main menu.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 144 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 155: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Accessing User Tools (Facsimile Features)

145

8

General Settings/Adjustment

❖ Memory / Immed. Transmission SwitchUse this function to specify theTransmission Mode for documenttransmission.• Memory Transmission• Immediate Transmission

❖ Text Size PriorityUse this function to specify thecharacter size of your originals forscanning.• Standard• Detail• Super Fine (expansion memory

required)

❖ Original Type PriorityUse this function to specify thetype of originals for scanning.• Text• Text / Photo• Photo

❖ Auto Image DensityUse this function to prioritize auto-matic Image Density for scanningyour originals.• On• Off

❖ Adjust Scan DensityUse this function to specify thescan density of your originals.

❖ Select TitleUse this function for selecting thetitle to be shown on the destinationlist.• Title 1• Title 2• Title 3

❖ Change Initial ModeUse this function to select whethercontents registered in programNo.1 are to be used as the initialsettings after the power is turnedon or the {Clear Modes} key is pressed:• Standard• Program No.1

Note❒ You cannot select Program

No.1 if program No.1 has notbeen programmed with pri-ority functions.

❖ Adjust Sound VolumeUse this function to adjust thesound volume during On HookMode and Immediate Transmis-sion.See p.91 “Adjusting the Volume”,Facsimile Reference <Basic Features>.• On Hook Mode• At Transmission• At Reception• At Dialing• At Printing

❖ Program Fax InformationSee p.83 “Initial Settings and Ad-justments”, Facsimile Reference <Ba-sic Features>.• Fax Header• Own Name• Own Fax Number

❖ Scan End ResetUse this function to return to theinitial settings each time an origi-nal is scanned.• On• Off

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 145 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 156: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Facsimile Features

146

8

❖ TX Stamp PriorityUse this function to press a TX stamp.• On• Off

❖ Line Priority SettingUse this function to specify the lineto be used.

Note❒ The display may differ depend-

ing on the line type you have.

❖ Program Economy TimeUse this function for specifying atime for transmission when callcharges are low. See p.3 “Sendingat a Specific Time (Send Later)”.

Limitation❒ You can program only one Econ-

omy Time.

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key be-fore pressing [OK], and then tryagain.

❖ On Hook Mode Release TimeUse this function to specify a timeto cancel On Hook mode after youtransmit using On Hook dialing. • 1 minute• 3 minutes• 5 minutes• 10 minutes

❖ Quick Operation Key Frequently used functions pro-grammed as Quick Operation keysare shown on the menu immedi-ately after the power is turned on.The Quick Operation keys can beprogrammed with the followingfunctions:• Journal• TX File Status (Transmission File

Status)• Print Conf. RX (Print Confiden-

tial Reception)• Print Memory Lock• Stored File• Send Later• Auto Document• 2 Sided Original• Closed Network• Polling TX (Polling Transmission)• Polling RX (Polling Reception)• Fax Header Print• Label Insertion• RX File Status (Reception File

Status)• Forwarding• Transfer Request• Switch RX Mode (Reception Mode

Switch)• Manual E-mail RX

(when the Internet Fax is set toON.)

• TX Status Report (TransmissionStatus Report)

• Sender Settings• E-mail TX Results (E-mail Trans-

mission Results)Up to three functions can be pro-grammed to a Quick Operation keys.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 146 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 157: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Accessing User Tools (Facsimile Features)

147

8

A Select the Quick Operation Keyyou want to program.

B Select the function you want toprogram to the Quick Opera-tion Key .

Note❒ Functions that appear dimmed

have already been set.

Reception Settings

❖ Switch Reception ModeSpecify the method for receivingfax documents.• Manual Reception• Auto Reception

❖ Authorized RX (Authorized Reception)Specify whether or not unwantedfax documents are to be screenedout.• On• Off

❖ ForwardingSpecify whether or not receivedfax documents are to be forwardedto a programmed receiver.• On• Off

❖ RX File Print Qty (Reception File PrintQuantity)Specify the number of copies to beprinted for each fax document re-ceived.• 1 to 10 set(s)

❖ 2 Sided PrintSpecify whether or not receivedfax documents are to be printed onboth sides of the paper.• On• Off

❖ RX Reverse Printing (Reception Re-verse Printing)Specify whether or not receivedfax documents are to be printedfrom the last page received. • On• Off

❖ Paper TrayUse this function to print fax docu-ments received from programmedsenders and fax documents fromother senders, using different pa-per trays. See p.175 “Paper Tray”.Display of tray names may differdepending on the options in-stalled.• Tray 1• Tray 2• Tray 3 (option)• Tray 4 (option)• Auto Select• LCT (option)

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 147 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 158: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Facsimile Features

148

8

❖ Specify Tray for LinesSpecify a paper tray for each line(telephone, Internet Fax, IP-Fax).• On• OffA Select [On] to select a paper tray.

Note❒ If you select [Off], the received

fax is delivered to a defaulttray.

B Select the line type.

C Select a tray to deliver the receivedpaper onto, and then press [OK].

Note❒ If you want to specify anoth-

er line type, repeat from stepB.

❖ Checkered MarkSpecify whether or not a checkeredmark is to be printed on the firstpage of received fax documents.• On• Off

❖ Center MarkSpecify whether or not a centermark is to be printed halfway downthe left side and at the top center ofeach page received.• On• Off

❖ Print Reception TimeSpecify whether or not the receiveddate, time, and file number areprinted at the bottom of receivedfax documents.• On• Off

E-mail Settings

❖ Internet Fax SettingsYou can select to display ornot. When you want to send an In-ternet Fax, set ON to display theicon.• On• Off

❖ Max. E-mail SizeMake this setting when you wantto limit the size of e-mail messagesthat are transmitted, if receiverslimit e-mail size, or you cannotsend large size e-mail for some rea-son. When this function is set to on,transmission of e-mail that exceedsthe set size is aborted.• On• Off

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 148 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 159: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Accessing User Tools (Facsimile Features)

149

8

Note❒ When e-mail exceeds the maxi-

mum file size, an Error Report isoutput, and the e-mail is deleted.

❒ Even when e-mail does not ex-ceed the size limit, it may be re-jected if it does not meet therequirements of the server set-tings.

A Press [On].

B Enter the maximum e-mail sizeusing the number keys.

Note❒ Maximum e-mail size can be

between 64 and 102,400 KB.❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then enter again.

C Press [OK].

❖ SMTP RX File Delivery Settings (SMTPReception File Delivery Settings)This function is available on sys-tems that allow routing of e-mailreceived via SMTP. See p.94 “Rout-ing e-mail received via SMTP”.• On• Off

When an authorized e-mail ad-dress is set, e-mail received fromaddresses that do not match theauthorized address is discarded,and an error message is returnedto the SMTP server. The authorized e-mail address iscompared with the addresses of e-mail originators, as illustrated bythe following examples. When the authorized e-mail ad-dress is set to “@aaa.abcd.com”: [email protected] - accepted [email protected] - not accepted [email protected] - not accepted

Note❒ No Error Report is output even

when e-mail is discarded. A Press [On].

B Press [Change], and then enterthe sending e-mail address withtransmission permission.

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Backspace] or [Delete All], andthen enter again.

C Press [OK] twice.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 149 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 160: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Facsimile Features

150

8

IP-Fax Settings

Make settings to use IP-Fax.Set H.323 for the gatekeeper, SIP forSIP server, and gateway for gatewayaccess if necessary. Check the settingsof the network to which this machineis connected before making settings.

Note❒ The following characters can be

used for registration of the aliastelephone number in H.323 Set-ting. Make sure you enter thesecharacters correctly:• Numbers• Symbols (# and *)

❒ The following characters can beused for registration of the SIPUser Name in SIP Settings. Makesure you enter these characterscorrectly:• Alphanumeric symbols (lower

and upper cases)• The 21 symbols in the following

table.

❒ Use numbers and periods (“.”) toenter the correct IP addresses forthe gatekeeper, SIP server, andgateway. You can get the correct IPaddresses from the network ad-ministrator.

❖ Enable H.323Specify whether or not H.323 isused for IP-Fax transmission.• On• Off

❖ Enable SIPSpecify whether or not SIP is usedfor IP-Fax transmission.• On• Off

❖ H.323 SettingsSet the IP address and alias tele-phone number of the gatekeeper.For details, see p.151 “Configuringthe H.323 gatekeeper”.• Gatekeeper Address (Main)• Gatekeeper Address (Sub)• Own Fax No.

❖ SIP SettingsSet the SIP server's IP address andSIP user name. For details, seep.151 “Configuring the SIP serv-er”.• Proxy Server Addr. (Main)• Proxy Server Address (Sub)• Redirect Svr. Addr. (Main)• Redirect Svr. Addr. (Sub)• Registrar Address (Main)• Registrar Address (Sub)• SIP User Name

❖ Program / Change / Delete GatewayRegister, change, or delete the gate-way used for transmission to IP-Fax. For details, see p.152 “Regis-tering or changing a gateway” andp.153 “Deleting a gateway”.• Program / Change (Prefix, Se-

lect Protocol, Gateway Address)• Delete

; ? : & =

+ $ , - _

. ! ~ * #

‘ ( ) % /

@

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 150 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 161: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Accessing User Tools (Facsimile Features)

151

8

Configuring the H.323 gatekeeper

Note❒ If you select “On” using the User

Parameters, you can use the gate-keeper server. See p.167 “User Pa-rameters”(switch 34, bit 0).

A Press [H.323 Settings].

B Press [Change] for each property.

C Enter the IP address and aliastelephone number and press [OK].The screen returns to that of step B.

D Press [OK].

Configuring the SIP server

Note❒ If you select “On” using the User

Parameters, you can use the SIPserver. See p.167 “User Parame-ters”(switch 34, bit 1).

A Press [SIP Settings].

B Press [Change] for each property.

Note❒ A proxy server relays call re-

quests and responses.❒ A redirect server processes re-

quest destination inquiries.❒ A register server registers loca-

tion information of user agents(which correspond to telephonesor facsimiles on public tele-phone lines) on an IP network.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 151 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 162: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Facsimile Features

152

8

C Enter the IP address and SIP username, and then press [OK].The screen returns to that of step B.

D Press [OK].

Registering or changing a gateway

A Press [Program / Change / Delete Gate-way].

B Check that [Program / Change] is se-lected.

C Press a gateway to register.

When registering a new gateway,press [*Not Programmed].

D Press [Change] for [Prefix].

E Enter the Prefix using the numberkeys, and then press [OK].

Note❒ To change the existing prefix, press

[Clear], and then enter a new pre-fix.

❒ For documents sent using a gate-way to G3 Fax, prefixes can beused. If the first several digits ofIP-Fax number and the gate-way-specific prefix are identical,documents can be transmittedusing the registered digits of thegateway. For example, if both03 and 04 have been registeredas gateway number whi le0312345678 is also specified,documents can be transmittedvia a gateway for which 03 isused as a prefix.

❒ When you wish to use the gate-ways regardless of the IP-Faxdestination numbers, registeronly the gateway addresses with-out registering the prefix.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 152 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 163: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Accessing User Tools (Facsimile Features)

153

8

F Select a protocol.

G Press [Change] for Gateway Address.

H Enter the gateway address, and thenpress [OK].The screen returns to that of step G.

I Press [OK].

Deleting a gateway

A Press [Program / Change / Delete Gate-way].

B Press [Delete], and then select agateway to delete.

C Press [Delete] on the confirmationmessage.

Note❒ If you do not want to delete the

gateway you have selected, press[Do not Delete]. The screen returnsto that of step B.

D Press [Exit].

Note❒ To delete another gateway, repeat

steps B and C.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 153 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 164: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Facsimile Features

154

8

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 154 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 165: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

155

9. Administrator Setting

Administrator Tools List

You can program, change, or delete standard messages and auto documents.You can also set the line type for the machine connection, program various IDs(including a Polling ID), fax destinations, and many other items. In addition, youcan check the number of documents transmitted and received.

Function name Description Reference

Program / Change / Delete Standard Message

You can program, change, or delete standard messages printed at the top of the first page of each incoming docu-ment.

p.157 “Programming, Chang-ing, and Deleting Standard Messages”

Store / Change / Delete Auto Document

You can program, change, or delete pages stored as auto documents.

p.158 “Storing, Changing, and Deleting an Auto Document”

Program / Change / Delete Scan Size

You can program, change, or cancel frequently used scan sizes.

p.160 “Programming, Chang-ing and Deleting a Scan Size”

Print Journal Prints a Journal. p.162 “Printing Journal”

Transmission Page Count Checks the transmission and reception, and totals on the display.

p.162 “Counters”

Forwarding Transfers received documents to a programmed receiver (forwarding destination).

p.162 “Forwarding”

Memory Lock RX Switches the Memory Lock on or off. To use it, program an ID for printing a document re-ceived in Memory Lock mode.

p.165 “Memory Lock”

ECM If part of the transmission fails due to a telephone line fault, this function resends the failed part automatically.

p.166 “ECM (Error Correction Mode)”

Parameter Setting Allows you to change and print the function settings to meet your needs.

p.167 “User Parameters”

Program Special Sender By programming particular receivers as Special Sender in advance, you can have Special Senders treated differently.

p.175 “Programming/Chang-ing Special Senders”

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 155 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 166: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

156

9

Box Setting By using SUB and SEP Codes with these functions, you can send documents to another party's box, and retrieve docu-ments stored in boxes.

p.181 “Box Settings”

Transfer Report Before using Transfer Re-quest, you need this Transfer Report setting.

p.192 “Transfer Report”

Program Confidential ID Registers an ID required for Confidential communication.

p.192 “Programming a Confi-dential ID”

Program Polling ID Registers an ID required for Polling communication.

p.193 “Programming a Polling ID”

Program Memory Lock ID Registers an ID required for Memory Lock reception.

p.194 “Programming a Memo-ry Lock ID”

Select Dial / Push Phone Selects a line type when you connect the machine to a G3 analog line.

Note❒ This function is not avail-

able in some areas.

p.194 “Selecting Dial/Push Phone”

Reception File Setting Selects whether received doc-uments are saved on the hard disk to be printed later or printed immediately without being saved.

p.195 “Storing or Printing Re-ceived Documents”

Stored RX File User Setting Set the password to view re-ceived and stored documents using a Web Image Monitor or DeskTopBinder Lite.

p.197 “Setting a User for Viewing Received and Stored Documents”

Menu Protection Settings Set protection so only the Ad-ministrator can change menu settings.

p.198 “Menu Protection Set-tings”

Folder Transfer Result Report Set whether the Folder Trans-fer Result Report is transmit-ted to the specified e-mail address when folders are pro-grammed as the forwarding destinations to which docu-ments are sent from all send-ers or Special Senders.

p.198 “Folder Transfer Result Report”

Function name Description Reference

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 156 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 167: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

157

9

Using Administrator Settings

Programming, Changing, and Deleting Standard Messages

Use this function to program stan-dard messages to be printed at the topof the first page of the original. It isuseful for personalizing messagessuch as sending greetings.

Note❒ You can program three standard

messages. You cannot change the“Confidential”, “Urgent”, “Pleasephone.”, or “Copy to corres. sec-tion” messages.

❒ Use the same procedure to programand change your messages.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Program / Change / Delete Stan-dard Message].

Programming or changing standard messages

A Check [Program / Change] is select-ed.

B Program or change the message.Select the message you want toprogram or change.

C Enter a new message.

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

D Press [OK].

Note❒ To program another message,

repeat the procedure fromstep A.

❒ To cancel a registration, press[Cancel].

Deleting Standard Messages

A Press [Delete], and then select themessage you want to delete.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 157 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 168: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

158

9

B Press [Delete].

Note❒ To delete another message, re-

peat from step A.❒ To cancel a deletion, press [Do

not Delete]. The display returnsto that of step A.

E Press [Exit].

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Storing, Changing, and Deleting an Auto Document

If you often have to send a particularpage to people (for example, a map, astandard attachment, or a set of in-structions), you can store that page inmemory as an Auto Document. Thissaves rescanning the original everytime you want to send it.Use the following procedure to pro-gram a new Auto Document or over-write an existing one.You can store the following items inan Auto Document:• Originals (6 documents maximum,

only one page per file).• Scan settings (resolution, original

type, and image density) • Irregular scan area• Document name (16 characters max-

imum)

Important❒ When about one hour passes after

power to the machine is turned off,all fax documents stored in memo-ry are lost. If any documents havebeen lost for this reason, a PowerFailure Report is automaticallyprinted when the operation switchis turned on. Use this report toidentify lost documents.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Store / Change / Delete Auto Doc-ument].

E Select and follow the appropriateprocedure depending on what youwant to perform.

Note❒ If there are stored files, the file

names are shown.

Storing a file

A Check [Program / Change] is se-lected.

B Select [*Not Stored].C Enter a file name, and then press

[OK].

Reference“Entering Text”,General Set-tings Guide

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 158 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 169: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

159

9

Changing a file

A Check [Program / Change] is se-lected.

B Select the file you want to change.The “A file is alreadystored. If another file isstored, previous one willbe deleted. Is it OK?” mes-sage is shown.

C Press [Store].If you want to cancel storing,press [Do not Store].

Changing only a file name

A Press [Change Name].B Select the file whose name you

want to change.C Enter a file name, and then press

[OK].

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

Proceed to step H.

F Place the original, and then selectany scan settings you require.

Note❒ You can also specify a scan size.

See p.17 “Setting a Scan Area”,Facsimile Reference <Basic Fea-tures>.

G Press the {Start} key.The machine starts to scan andcompletes scanning.

Note❒ To cancel scanning, press [Stop

Scanning].

H Press [Exit].

I Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Deleting an Auto Document

Note❒ You cannot delete an Auto Docu-

ment waiting to be transmitted.Delete it after the transmission orcancel the transmission, and thendelete the Auto Document.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Store / Change / Delete Auto Doc-ument].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 159 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 170: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

160

9

E Press [Delete], and then select the fileyou want to delete.

F Press [Delete].

Note❒ To cancel deleting, press [Do not

Delete]. The display returns tothat of step E.

G Press [Exit].

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Programming, Changing and Deleting a Scan Size

When you select a scan size to scan acustom size original, two custom siz-es are available (Program Size 1 andProgram Size 2). Use these functionsto program a custom size in advance.To change an existing scan size, justuse the same procedure.

Important❒ When programming or changing a

scan size, it is recommended thatyou make a record of the new size.

Note❒ You can program up to two sizes.❒ You can edit boxes in the same

way you program them.❒ You can specify a horizontal length

from 128 to 1200 mm, or from 5.5 to47 inches.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Program / Change / Delete ScanSize].

E Select [Program Size 1] or [ProgramSize 2].

F Enter a horizontal size using thenumber keys.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 160 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 171: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

161

9

Note❒ Each time you press [mm] or

[inch], the units switch between“mm” and “inch”. If you enter alength and change the units bypressing [mm] or [inch], thelength is converted automati-cally according to the unit (frac-tions are rounded off). For example,when you enter {2}, {2}, and{0} in millimeters and change to“inch”, the length “8.7 inch” isshown on the display. If youpress [mm] or [inch] again, “221mm” is displayed.

❒ If you make a mistake, press [Clear]or the {Clear/Stop} key, and thentry again.

❒ To cancel a scan size, press [Can-cel].

G Select a vertical size, and then press[OK].

Note❒ The displayed vertical size dif-

fers depending on the selectedunit. When [mm] is selected, [Au-to Detect], [210 mm (A4)], [257 mm(B4 JIS)], [297 mm (A3)], [216 mm(8 1/2)], and [279 mm (11)] areshown. When [inch] is selected,[Auto Detect], [8.3 inch (A4)], [10.1inch (B4 JIS)], [11.7 inch (A3)], [8.5inch], and [11.0 inch] are shown.

❒ To cancel a scan size, press [Can-cel].

H Press [Exit].

I Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Deleting a scan size

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Program / Change / Delete ScanSize].

E Press [Delete], and then select [Pro-gram Size 1] or [Program Size 2].

F Press [Yes].

Note❒ To cancel deleting, press [No]. The

display returns to that of step E.

G Press [Exit].

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 161 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 172: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

162

9

Printing Journal

The Journal allows you to check amaximum of the last 50 communica-tions (receptions and transmissions)performed by the machine. You canprint the Journal using the Informa-tion menu. See p.27 “Printing theJournal”.

Counters

This function allows you to check thetotal number of pages transmittedand received.• Transmissions:

Total number of transmitted pages• Receptions:

Total number of received pages

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Transmission Page Count].

E After checking the display, press[Exit].

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Forwarding

This function allows you to have doc-uments printed on the machine, andsent to a specified End Receiver.This is useful if, for example, you arevisiting another office and would likea copy of your documents to be sentto that office.You can also specify a “folder” as theforwarding destination.

PreparationTo use this function, set Forward-ing under Reception Settings to On(enable). See p.147 “Reception Set-tings”.

Limitation❒ The Forwarding function does not

forward documents received withConfidential Reception, MemoryLock, Polling Reception mode, ordocuments received by TransferRequest.

❒ You can select end receivers only fromamong destinations programmedin the Address Book. You cannotspecify programmed transfer sta-tions as end receivers.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 162 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 173: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

163

9

Note❒ A fax number, e-mail address, IP-

Fax destination, and folder can beset as the forwarding destination.

❒ Even when [On] is selected for “For-warding” in “Reception Settings”,if [Off] is selected for the forward-ing destination in this function,only printing is performed, not for-warding. See p.147 “Reception Set-tings”.

❒ When you wish to change the endreceivers depending on the send-ers, specify the end receivers bythe senders, at “Program SpecialSender”. Documents not receivedfrom specified senders are sent tothe destination specified in thisfunction. See p.172 “Special Send-ers to Treat Differently”

❒ You can specify whether or not toprint forwarded documents. Seep.167 “User Parameters” (switch11, bit 6).

❒ Deleting a destination specified asa forward destination from thedestination list causes the settingsof the forward destination to be de-leted, so they must be registeredagain. When a destination is changed,a document is transmitted to thenew destination. If there is no des-tination of the specified type, youcan set which destination to beused as an alternative destination.See p.167 “User Parameters”(switch 32, bit 0).

❒ You can program one of the QuickOperation keys with operations forthis function. See p.145 “GeneralSettings/Adjustment”.

❒ If you have specified a folder forforwarding, you can specify thefile format used for forwarding.See p.167 “User Parameters”(switch 21, bit 3).

Programming an End Receiver

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Forwarding].

E Press [On].

Limitation❒ One end receiver can be regis-

tered for each special sender. Toregister two or more end receiv-ers, use group destination. How-ever, a maximum of 500 partiescan be specified in a group.

Note❒ If there is an End Receiver al-

ready programmed, a receivername is shown. If you want tochange the receiver, press [Re-ceiver] and proceed to step F.

❒ To cancel Forwarding, press [Off]and proceed to step G.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 163 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 174: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

164

9

F Specify an End Receiver using thedestination list, and then press [OK].

The receiver name is shown to theright of [Receiver].

Note❒ Press the button on the right of

the display to switch the desti-nation between fax number, e-mail address, IP-Fax destina-tion, and folder.

❒ Set a folder destination in AddressBook Management under Ad-ministrator Tools in the SystemSettings menu. See “RegisteringFolders”, General Settings Guide.

❒ If you have specified a folder forforwarding, you can specify thefile format used for forwarding.See p.167 “User Parameters”(switch 21, bit 3).

❒ If you make a mistake, press[Clear] before pressing [OK], andthen try again.

G Press [OK].

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Quitting the forwarding function

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Forwarding].

E Press [Off], and then press [OK].

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 164 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 175: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

165

9

Forwarding Mark

You can print a Forwarding Mark onreceiver's documents that have beenforwarded.The receiver can distinguish betweenforwarded and normally receiveddocuments.

Note❒ You can specify whether or not to

print a Forwarding Mark in theUser Parameters. See p.167 “UserParameters” (switch 02, bit 0).

❒ This function is not available whenmemory forwarding is performedto a folder destination.

Memory Lock

When you switch Memory Lock on,received documents are stored inmemory and not printed automatical-ly. When a document is received inthe Memory Lock mode, the Confi-dential File (i) indicator blinks. Toprint this document, enter the Memo-ry Lock ID. A user without the ID can-not print the document. This preventsunauthorized users from seeing thedocument.

PreparationTo use Memory Lock, program theMemory Lock ID, and then switchMemory Lock on. See p.194 “Pro-gramming a Memory Lock ID”.

Limitation❒ This function is not available with

Internet Fax.

Note❒ To store incoming documents from

Special Senders only in MemoryLock, program each sender with“Special Senders to Treat Differ-ently”. See p.172 “Special Sendersto Treat Differently”.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Memory Lock RX].

E Select [On] or [Off], and then press[OK].

Note❒ To cancel this setting, press [Can-

cel]. The display returns to thatof step D.

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 165 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 176: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

166

9

ECM (Error Correction Mode)

If part of a transmission fails becauseof a line problem, the lost data is auto-matically resent. For this function towork, the other machine must haveECM. You can turn this function on oroff through the following procedure.

Limitation❒ This function is not available with

Internet Fax.

Note❒ If you turn ECM off, you cannot

use the following functions: • JBIG Transmission• Super G3 Communication

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [ECM].

E Select [On] or [Off], and then press[OK].

Note❒ To cancel this setting, press [Can-

cel]. The display returns to thatof step D.

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 166 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 177: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

167

9

User Parameters

User Parameters allow you to customize various settings to suit your needs.To change function settings, set the User Parameter Switches.

❖ Switches and BitsEach User Parameter has a set of switches, and each of the switches consist ofeight bits, whose values are “0” or “1”. The right most bit is bit 0 and the leftmost is bit 7. You can adjust the settings to match your needs by switching thevalue of bits between “0” and “1”.

❖ User Parameter ListUser Parameter Switches are outlined in the following table.

Switch 02

0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1

↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Switch Bit Item 0 1

02 0 Forwarding Mark Off On

3 TSI Print Off On

03 0 Automatic printing of the Communication Result Re-port

Off On

2 Automatic printing of the Memory Storage Report

Off On

3 Automatic printing of the Polling RX Reserve Report

Off On

4 Automatic printing of the Polling RX Result Report

Off On

5 Automatic printing of the Im-mediate TX Result Report

Off On

6 Automatic printing of the Polling TX Clear Report

Off On

7 Automatic printing of the Journal

Off On

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 167 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 178: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

168

9

04 0 Automatic printing of the Confidential File Report

Off On

1 Automatic printing of Com-munication Failure Report and Transfer Result Report

Off On

4 Indicates the parties Off On

5 Include sender's name on re-ports

Off On

7 Include a portion of the image on reports

Off On

05 0 Receive Service Call (SC) Condition (Substitute Recep-tion during service call)

Possible (Substi-tute RX)

Not possible (Re-ception off)

2, 1 Substitute the reception when the machine cannot print (because paper is jammed, all paper trays have run out of paper, toner is empty, or all paper trays are out of order)

00: Enabled unconditionally (Free)

01: Enabled when Own Name/Own Fax Number is received

10: Enabled for Polling ID match

11: Disabled (Reception off)

5 Print sheet is limited to that which has highest priority.

Off On

7 Empty tray alert (Paper Emp-ty Warning) even when one paper tray is empty

Off On

06 6 First page scanned for book originals

From the left page From the right page

07 2 Parallel Memory Transmis-sion

Off On

08 2 Authorized Reception Type Receive from spec-ified senders only.

Receive all docu-ments except from specified senders.

10 1 Combine two originals Off On

3 Page reduction when printing Off On

5 Reception file setting Off On

6 Use both e-mail notification and printed reports to con-firm the transmission results

Off On

11 6 Local print when forwarding Off On

7 Polling file after sending (Polling transmission standby time)

Delete (Use Once) Standby (Save)

Switch Bit Item 0 1

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 168 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 179: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

169

9

14 0 Print documents received with Auto Power-On Recep-tion (Night Printing mode)

Immediate print-ing (On)

When turning on the operation switch (Off)

1 Long Document Transmis-sion (Well Log)

Off On

2 Batch Transmission Off On

3 Reset when function changed Off On

17 2 Whether you need to press [Add] after specifying a desti-nation with the Destination key when broadcasting

Not necessary Necessary

7 Receive documents by press-ing the {Start} key when orig-inals are not set.

Off (no documents received after

pressing the {Start} key)

On (documents re-ceived after press-ing the {Start} key)

18 0 Print date with Fax Header Off On

1 Print transmitter origin with Fax Header

Off On

2 Print file number with Fax Header

Off On

3 Print page number with Fax Header

Off On

19 0 Use paper delivery shift func-tion (Offset Print)

Off On

1 Sort Journal by line type Off On

20 0 Automatic printing of the LAN-Fax Result Report.

Off On

5, 4, 3, 2 Reprinting time of stored documents in memory that could not be print-ed using LAN-Fax Driver

0000: 0 minutes / 0001: 1 minute / 0010: 2 minutes / 0011: 3 minutes / 0100: 4 minutes / 0101: 5 minutes / 0110: 6 minutes / 0111: 7 minutes / 1000: 8 minutes / 1001: 9 minutes / 1010: 10 minutes / 1011: 11 minutes / 1100: 12 minutes / 1101: 13 minutes / 1110: 14 minutes / 1111: 15 min-utes

Switch Bit Item 0 1

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 169 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 180: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

170

9

21 0 Print results of sending Re-ception Notice Request mes-sage

Off (print only when an error oc-

curs)

On

1 Respond to e-mail reception acknowledgment request

Off On

3 File format for files forward-ed to folder destinations

TIFF PDF

4 Transmit Journal by E-mail Off On

6 Display Network error Display (On) Not display (Off)

7 Transmit Error Mail Notifica-tion

On Off

22 0 Detect a dial tone before send-ing faxes when using the tele-phone line (LINE)

Not detect (Off) Detect (On)

1 Detect a dial tone before send-ing faxes when using the tele-phone line (LINE2)

Not detect (Off) Detect (On)

2 Detect a dial tone before send-ing faxes when using the tele-phone line (LINE3)

Not detect (Off) Detect (On)

24 0 Store documents that could not be transmitted in memory

Off On

1 Length of time documents that could not be transmitted are stored in memory

24 hours 72 hours

25 4 RDS Off On

32 0 Select which order of priority to be used to select an alterna-tive destination when there is no destination of the specified type.

Paper Output Pri-ority <Priority Or-

der>

1. IP-Fax destina-tion

2. Fax number

3. E-mail address

4. Folder

Electronic Output Priority <Priority

Order>

1. E-mail address

2. Folder

3. IP-Fax destina-tion

4. Fax number

34 0 Use gatekeeper server with IP-Fax

Off On

1 Use SIP server with IP-Fax Off On

Switch Bit Item 0 1

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 170 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 181: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

171

9

Changing the User Parameters

PreparationAccess to some User ParameterSettings requires installation of op-tional equipment, or that other set-tings be made beforehand.

Important❒ It is recommended that you print

and keep a User Parameter list whenyou program or change a User Pa-rameter. See p.172 “Printing theUser Parameter List”.

❒ Do not change any bit switches otherthan those shown on the previouspages.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Parameter Setting].

E Select the switch number you wantto change.

F Select the bit number you want tochange.

When the bit number is pressed,the current value switches between1 and 0.

Note❒ Repeat from step F to change

another bit number for the sameswitch.

G Press [OK].

Note❒ To cancel these settings, press [Can-

cel]. The display returns to thatof step E.

H Repeat steps E through G to changethe switch settings.

I After all the settings are finished,press [Exit].

J Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 171 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 182: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

172

9

Printing the User Parameter List

Print this list to see the current UserParameter settings. However, onlyitems of importance or often-useditems are included in the list.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Print List] next to “ParameterSetting”.

E Press the {Start} key.

Note❒ To cancel printing a list before press-

ing the {Start} key, press [Cancel]or the {Clear/Stop} key. The dis-play returns to that of step D.

❒ To cancel printing a list after press-ing the {Start} key, press [StopPrinting]. The display returns tothat of step D.

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Special Senders to Treat Differently

By programming particular sendersin advance, you can set the followingfunction for each sender:• Authorized RX• Forwarding• Reception File Print Qty• Print 2 Sided• Memory Lock• Paper TrayUse the Own Name or Own Fax Numberto program your senders. If the senderhas a machine of the same manufacturer,program an Own Name that has al-ready been programmed as a sender.If the machine is not of the same man-ufacturer, use Own Fax Number. Youcan apply the same settings to all pro-grammed numbers. You can then cus-tomize the settings for individualnumbers as necessary using the Spe-cial Sender Registration function.The following items can be programmed.• Special Senders (Up to 30. A maxi-

mum of 20 characters for each namewhen using G3.)

• Full/Partial agreement When you program own namesand facsimile names for multipledestinations, you can program acommon sequence of characters toidentify destinations using Partialagreement.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 172 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 183: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

173

9

❖ Using Full matching

❖ Using Partial matching

Note❒ You can program up to 30 wild

cards.❒ Spaces are ignored when identi-

fications are compared.❒ You can use wild cards for the

following functions:• See p.175 “Program-

ming/Changing SpecialSenders”.

• See p.176 “Authorized RX(Authorized Reception)”.

• See p.176 “Forwarding”.❒ When using Partial agreement,

you can enter up to the first 24characters of an e-mail addressto use it as an own name or fac-simile name.

Limitation❒ You cannot program senders as

Special Senders if they do not haveOwn Name or Own Fax Numberprogrammed.

❒ The machine cannot differentiatebetween Polling Reception andFree Polling documents from Spe-cial Senders.

❒ You cannot use the following func-tions with Internet Fax receptions.• Authorized RX• Reception File Print Qty• Memory Lock

Note❒ You can program up to 24 charac-

ters for the sender.❒ You can check Own Name and

Own Fax Number using the Jour-nal. You can check programmedSpecial Senders using the specifiedsender list. See p.27 “Printing theJournal”. See p.181 “Printing theSpecial Sender List”.

❒ To use Forwarding, Print 2 Sided,or Paper Tray with Internet Fax re-ception, program the sender's e-mail address.

❒ If you select “Off” for the SpecialSender function in “Initial Set Up”,the settings will be the same as theReception Settings. See p.147 “Re-ception Settings”.

Authorized Reception

Use this function to limit incomingsenders. The machine only receivesfaxes from programmed Special Senders,and therefore, it helps you screen outunwanted documents, such as junkmail, and saves wasting fax paper.

Note❒ To use this function, program the

Special Senders function, and thenselect “On” in “Authorized RX” with“Reception Settings”. See p.147“Reception Settings”. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 08, bit 2).

❒ Without programming Special Send-ers, the Authorized RX functionwill not work, even if you select“On”.

Destination to be programmed (Own Name)

Number of programmed identifications

NEW YORK BRANCH

HONG KONG BRANCH

SYDNEY BRANCH

3

Destination to be programmed (Own Name)

Number of programmed identifications

BRANCH 1

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 173 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 184: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

174

9

❒ You can select to receive only fromprogrammed senders or receive onlyfrom senders other than those pro-grammed in User Parameters. Seep.167 “User Parameters” (switch08, bit 2).

❒ If you select “Off” for “AuthorizedRX” in “Initial Set Up”, settings arethe same as the Reception Settings.See p.147 “Reception Settings”.

❒ You can change Special Senders inthe same way as you program them.

Forwarding

Use this function to print receiveddocuments, and then transfer them tothose receivers programmed before-hand.Folder destination can be registered.It is also possible to forward faxessent only by senders programmed asSpecial Senders.

Note❒ To use this function, program your

Special Senders, and then select“On” for “Forwarding” in “Recep-tion Settings”. See p.147 “Recep-tion Settings”.

❒ If you specify “On” in “Forward-ing” and select [Same as Basic Set-tings], the fax document is forwardedto the receivers programmed in“Specify End Receiver.”. See p.162“Forwarding”.

❒ If you do not program any SpecialSenders, the machine transfers allincoming documents to the otherend receivers specified in “SpecifyEnd Receiver.”.

❒ You can set the fax destination, In-ternet fax destination, IP-Fax desti-nation or folder destination, as aforward destination.

❒ Set folder destinations using theAddress Book Management func-tion under System Settings. See“Registering Folders”, General Set-tings Guide.

❒ If you have specified a folder forforwarding, you can specify the fileformat used for forwarding. Seep.167 “User Parameters” (switch21, bit 3).

Reception File Print Quantity

Use this function to print the speci-fied number of copies of documentsreceived from programmed senders(Special Senders). If you do not pro-gram any Special Senders, the ma-chine prints the specified number ofcopies for all received documents.

Limitation❒ You cannot use multi-copy print-

ing with Polling Reception, Confi-dential Reception, or MemoryLock.

Note❒ You can specify up to 10 copies.

Print 2 Sided

Use this function to print on bothsides of the paper.

Limitation❒ If you select the bypass tray for

“Paper Tray”, duplex printing isdisabled.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 174 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 185: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

175

9

Memory Lock

Use this function to store incomingdocuments from programmed send-ers (Special Senders) in memory with-out printing them. People without theMemory Lock ID cannot print thedocuments, and therefore this func-tion is useful for receiving confiden-tial documents. If you do not programany senders, the machine receives faxdocument from all senders usingMemory Lock reception.

PreparationYou must register Memory LockID in advance. See p.194 “Program-ming a Memory Lock ID”.

Limitation❒ If you program the same sender in

Memory Lock and Forwarding,Forwarding is disabled.

Paper Tray

Use this function to print documentsreceived from programmed senders(Special Senders) and the documentsfrom other senders on different typesof paper.For example, if blue paper is in Tray 1and white paper is in Tray 2, the ma-chine prints the documents from Spe-cial Senders on the blue paper andprints the documents from othersenders on the white paper, making iteasy for you to separate the two.If you do not program any SpecialSenders, the machine outputs docu-ments received from all senders usingthe default paper tray.

Limitation❒ For Polling Reception, you cannot

select the paper tray.

Note❒ If the machine receives a document

that has a different size from the pa-per in the specified tray, the machineprints it after splitting it or minimiz-ing its size. See p.101 “Page Separa-tion and Length Reduction”.

❒ Selection of the bypass tray enablesyou to specify the paper size in “ScanArea”.

Programming/Changing Special Senders

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Program Special Sender].

E Check [Program / Change] is select-ed.

F Select the destination to programor change.

When programming a new SpecialSender, press [*Not Programmed].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 175 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 186: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

176

9

G Enter a destination name, and thenpress [OK].Enter a destination name usingOwn Name or Own Fax Number.

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

H Press [Full Agreement] or [Partial Agree-ment].

I Select the item you want to program.

Note❒ You must select only the item

you want to program.❒ To cancel these settings, press

[Cancel]. The display returns tothat of step E.

Authorized RX (Authorized Reception)

A Select [Authorized RX].B Press [On] or [Off], and then press

[OK].

Note❒ After you perform step K, set

“Authorized RX” of “Recep-tion Settings” to “On”. Seep.147 “Reception Settings”.

Forwarding

A Select [Forwarding].B Select [On] or [Off].

If you select [Off], proceed tostep D.

Note❒ Selecting [Same as Basic Set-

tings] will result in the samesetting made for “Forward-ing” under “AdministratorTools”. See p.162 “Forward-ing”.

C Press the Destination key of aforward destination, and thenpress [OK].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 176 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 187: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

177

9

Limitation❒ One forward destination can

be registered for each SpecialSender. To register two or moreforward destinations, usegroup destinations. Howevera maximum of 500 partiescan be specified in a group.

Note❒ Press the button on the right of

the display to switch the desti-nation between fax number, e-mail address, IP-Fax destina-tion, and folder.

❒ Set folder destinations using theAddress Book Managementfunction under System Settings.See “Registering Folders”,General Settings Guide.

❒ When a folder is specified asthe forward destination, youcan set a file format for for-warding. See p.167 “User Pa-rameters” (switch 21, bit 3).

❒ Deleting a destination speci-fied as a forward destinationfrom the destination tablecauses the settings of the for-ward destination to be delet-ed, so they must be registeredagain. When a destination ischanged, a document is trans-mitted to the new destina-tion. If there is no destinationof the specified type, you canset which destination to beused as an alternative desti-nation. See p.167 “User Pa-rameters” (switch 32, bit 0).

D Press [OK].E Press [OK].

Note❒ After you perform step K, set

“Forwarding” of “ReceptionSettings” to “On”. See p.147“Reception Settings”.

Reception File Print Qty

A Select [Reception File Print Qty].B Press [Number of Sets].

Note❒ Selecting [Same as Basic Set-

tings] will result in the samesetting made for “RX File PrintQty” of “Reception Settings”.See p.147 “Reception Set-tings”.

C Enter the print quantity usingthe number keys, and then press[OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], and thentry again.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 177 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 188: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

178

9

Print 2 Sided

A Select [Print 2 Sided].B Select [On] or [Off], and then press

[OK].

Note❒ Selecting [Same as Basic Set-

tings] will result in the samesetting made for “2 Sided Print”of “Reception Settings”. Seep.147 “Reception Settings”.

Memory Lock

A Select [Memory Lock].B Select [On] or [Off], and then press

[OK].

Note❒ Selecting [Same as Basic Set-

tings] will result in the samesetting made for “ProgramMemory Lock ID” under “Ad-ministrator Tools”. See p.165“Memory Lock”.

Paper Tray

A Select [Paper Tray].B Select the tray you want to use,

and then press [OK].

Note❒ Selecting [Same as Basic Set-

tings] will result in the samesetting made for “Paper Tray”of ”Reception Settings”. Seep.147 “Reception Settings”.

J Press [OK].A Special Sender is programmed.

Note❒ To program another sender, re-

peat the procedure from step F.

K Press [Exit].

L Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Programming Initial Set Up of a Special Sender

Use this function to program “InitialSet Up” of a Special Sender. You canalso specify the Bypass Tray PaperSize.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Program Special Sender].

E Press [Initial Set Up].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 178 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 189: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

179

9

F Select the function you want toprogram.

Note❒ In this feature, “Authorized RX”

has the same settings as “Recep-tion Settings”. See p.147 “Re-ception Settings”.

Programming Authorized RX and Special RX Function

A Select [Authorized RX] or [SpecialRX Function].

B Select [On] or [Off], and then press[OK].

The illustration shows the “Au-thorized RX” display as an ex-ample.

Programming Bypass Tray Paper Size

A Press [Bypass Tray Paper Size]. You can select a size from [AutoDetect], [Standard Size], or [Cus-tom Size].If you select [Auto Detect], pro-ceed to steps B and G.If you select [Standard Size], pro-ceed to steps B, C, and G.If you select [Custom Size], pro-ceed to steps B , and D to G.

B Select the size you want to pro-gram.

Note❒ If you select [Auto Detect], the

machine recognizes the pa-per size automatically.• The machine will detect

the paper size for the by-pass tray as the short edgeof the paper is insertedinto the machine. Even ifyou place an A4 size sheetin theK orientation, themachine will detect it asA3L.

❒ If you select [Standard Size],select a paper size displayed,and then proceed to step G.

❒ If you select [Custom Size], pro-ceed to step D.

C Select the size you want to pro-gram from the sizes shown.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 179 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 190: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

180

9

DMake sure that [Vertical] is select-ed.

E Enter the vertical size of the pa-per using the number keys, andthen press [#].

Note❒ You can specify a vertical size

from 210 mm (8.3") to 297 mm(11.6"). You cannot enter a sizesmaller than 210 mm or largerthan 297 mm.

❒ Each time you press [mm] or[inch], the units switch be-tween “mm” and “inch”. Ifyou enter a length and changethe units by pressing [mm] or[inch], it is converted auto-matically (fractions are round-ed off).

F Enter the horizontal size of thepaper using the number keys,and then press [#].

Note❒ You can specify a horizontal

size from 148 mm (5.9") to600 mm (23.7"). You cannotenter a size smaller than 148mm or larger than 600 mm.

❒ Each time you press [mm] or[inch], the units switch be-tween “mm” and “inch”. Ifyou enter a length and changethe units by pressing [mm] or[inch], it is converted auto-matically (fractions are round-ed off).

G Press [OK].

G Press [Exit].

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Deleting a Special Sender

Use this function to program “InitialSet Up” of a Special Sender. The By-pass Tray Paper Size can also be spec-ified.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Program Special Sender].

E Press [Delete], and then select theSpecial Sender you want to delete.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 180 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 191: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

181

9

F Press [Delete].

Note❒ To cancel deleting a special sender,

press [Do not Delete]. The displayreturns to that of step E.

G Press [Exit].

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Printing the Special Sender List

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Print List] next to “ProgramSpecial Sender”.

E Press the {Start} key.After printing the list, you can thenstart from step D.

Note❒ To cancel printing a list before

pressing the {Start} key, press [Can-cel] or the {Clear/Stop} key. Thedisplay returns to that of step D.

❒ To cancel printing a list afterpressing the {Start} key, press[Stop Printing]. The display re-turns to that of step D.

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Box Settings

The following functions are for deliv-ery and transfer of documents:• Personal Box• Information Box• Transfer Box

ReferenceFor details about how to set upthese functions:• p.182 “Programming/chang-

ing Personal Boxes”• p.185 “Programming/chang-

ing Information Boxes”• p.188 “Programming/chang-

ing Transfer Boxes”For details about how to print outand delete documents stored inboxes:• p.40 “Personal Boxes”• p.42 “Information Boxes”

❖ SUB Code and SEP Code SUB Code and SEP Code are IDsconsisting of up to 20 digits, andcan include numbers, #, *, andspaces. To use this function, youmust program a box and SUB/SEPCode beforehand. The other partycan send documents to, and re-trieve stored documents from, thisbox using the code.

Limitation❒ You cannot set the same Box code

on two different boxes.❒ Transmission or programming may

not be allowed if there is not enoughfree memory left. The amount offree memory left differs dependingon the optional equipment in-stalled.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 181 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 192: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

182

9

Note❒ The combined total of items that

can be stored using the PersonalBox, Information Box, and Trans-fer Box functions is 150.

Programming/changing Personal Boxes

This section describes how to pro-gram Personal Boxes.You can store the following items:• Box name (required)

Up to 20 characters long• SUB Code (required)

Up to 20 characters long and can becomposed of digits 0-9, “#”, “*”,and spaces (the first character can-not be a space).

• Password (optional)Up to 20 characters long and can becomposed of digits 0-9, “#”, “*”,and spaces (the first character can-not be a space).

Note❒ When programming a password,

a mark is displayed before theBox name.

• Receiver (optional)You can program one delivery des-tination for each Personal Box.Specify a delivery destination pro-grammed in Destination key.

Note❒ You can specify a fax number, In-

ternet Fax destination and IP-Faxdestination as the transmissiondestination.

❒ The Fax Header is not printed ondelivered documents.

❒ If a document cannot be delivered,a Communication Failure Report isprinted and the document is savedas a Confidential Reception docu-ment.

❒ You can edit boxes in the sameway you program them. However,boxes that are being used cannotbe edited.

❒ If a destination in the destination ta-ble is deleted after being registered,delivery is not performed and thesettings of the delivery destinationare also deleted. Also, when a de-livery destination is changed, adocument is sent to the changeddestination. If there is no destina-tion of the specified type, you canset which destination to be used asan alternative destination. Seep.167 “User Parameters” (switch32, bit 0).

Referencep.40 “Personal Boxes”

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Box Setting].

E Check that [Program / Change] is se-lected.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 182 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 193: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

183

9

F Select a box to program.When programming a new box,press [*Not Programmed].

Note❒ To change a box already programmed,

press it and proceed to step I.

G Press [Personal Box].

H Enter a box name, and then press[OK].

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

I Enter a SUB Code.

Note❒ To change the SUB Code, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then try again. To change aBox name, press [Box Name], andthen repeat from step H.

J Specify the settings you require.If you do not want to program apassword or receiver, proceed tostep K.

Programming a password

A Press [Password].B Enter a password, and then press

[OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], and thentry again.

C Re-enter the password, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], and thentry again.

❒ To change the password afterpressing [OK], press [Change]and repeat steps B and C, orpress [Cancel] and repeat fromstep A.

D Press [OK].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 183 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 194: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

184

9

Programming an End Receiver

A Press [Receiver].B Select a destination using the

destination list, and then press[OK].

Note❒ Press the button shown on

the right side of the screen toswitch the destination amongfax number, Internet Fax ad-dress and IP-Fax address.

K Press [OK].

L Press [Exit].

M Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Deleting Personal Boxes

This section describes how to deletePersonal Boxes.

Limitation❒ If documents were programmed in

the box, you cannot delete the box.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Box Setting].

E Press [Delete], and then select thebox you want to delete.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 184 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 195: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

185

9

With a programmed password

A Enter a password using the numberkeys, and then press [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then try again.

F Press [Delete].

Note❒ To cancel deleting a box, press

[Do not Delete]. The display re-turns to that of step E.

G Press [Exit].

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Programming/changing Information Boxes

This section describes how to set upan Information Box.You can store the following items:• Box name (required)

Up to 20 characters long• SEP Code (required)

Up to 20 characters long and can becomposed of digits 0-9, “#”, “*”,and spaces (the first character can-not be a space).

• Password (optional)Up to 20 characters long and can becomposed of digits 0-9, “#”, “*”,and spaces (the first character can-not be a space).When programming a password, amark is displayed before the Boxname.

Note❒ You can edit boxes in the same way

you program them. However, box-es that are being used cannot beedited.

❒ If a destination in the destination listis deleted after being registered, de-livery is not performed and the set-tings of the delivery destination arealso deleted. Also, when a deliverydestination is changed, a documentis sent to the changed destination. Ifthere is no destination of the speci-fied type, you can set which desti-nation to be used as an alternativedestination. See p.167 “User Pa-rameters” (switch 32, bit 0).

Referencep.42 “Information Boxes”

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Box Setting].

E Check that [Program / Change] is se-lected.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 185 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 196: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

186

9

F Select the box to program.When programming a new box,press [*Not Programmed].

Note❒ To change a box already pro-

grammed, press it, and then pro-ceed to step I. If a password isprogrammed, enter the pass-word, press [OK], and then pro-ceed to step I.

G Press [Information Box].

H Enter a box name, and then press[OK].

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

I Enter the SEP Code.

Note❒ To change the SEP Code, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then try again. To changethe box name, press [Box Name],and then repeat the procedurefrom step H.

J Press [Password].

Note❒ If you do not want to program a

password, proceed to step N.

K Enter a password, and then press[OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key be-fore pressing [OK], and then tryagain.

L Re-enter the password, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key be-fore pressing [OK], and then tryagain.

❒ To change the password afterpressing [OK], press [Change]and repeat steps K and L, orpress [Cancel] and repeat fromstep J.

M Press [OK].

N Press [OK].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 186 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 197: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

187

9

O Press [Exit].

P Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Deleting Information Boxes

This section describes how to deleteInformation Boxes.

Limitation❒ If documents are stored in the box,

you cannot delete the box.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Box Setting].

E Press [Delete], and then select thebox you want to delete.

With a programmed password

A Enter a password using the numberkeys, and then press [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then try again.

F Press [Delete].

Note❒ To cancel deleting a box, press

[Do not Delete]. The display re-turns to that of step E.

G Press [Exit].

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 187 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 198: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

188

9

Programming/changing Transfer Boxes

This function turns the machine into afax relay station. Documents sentwith a SUB Code that matches theSUB Code programmed as a TransferBox are received, and then relayed toa programmed receiver. Since documents can be sent to multi-ple destinations in a single transfer re-quest, you can economize on callcharges when sending to remote des-tinations.

Note❒ Inform the Requesting Party of the

SUB Code assigned to the TransferBox. When they want to have adocument transferred by your ma-chine, ask them to send the documentusing SUB Code Transmission andspecifying this SUB Code. If a pass-word has also been programmed,inform them of this too, and askthem to enter it as the SID code.

You can store the following items:• Box name (required)

Up to 20 characters• SUB Code (required)

Up to 20 characters long and can becomposed of digits 0-9, “#”, “*”,and spaces (the first character can-not be a space).

• Password (optional)Up to 20 characters long and can becomposed of digits 0-9, “#”, “*”,and spaces (the first character can-not be a space).

Note❒ When programming a password,

a mark is displayed in front ofthe Box name.

• End Receiver (required)You can store five End Receivers(destinations to which documentsare forwarded) for each box. Spec-ify End Receivers using a single orgroup destination programmed inthe destination list beforehand.

Limitation❒ After documents are transferred,

Transfer Result Reports are notsent back to the sender.

Note❒ You can specify the Internet fax des-

tination and IP-Fax destination as areception station.

❒ After documents are transferred, theyare deleted.

❒ When this function is turned on,the machine prints out the re-ceived documents it transfers anda Transfer Result Report after thetransfer has finished. If you wantto turn this function off, contactyour service representative.

❒ When the programmed receiver isa group destination for Multi-stepTransfer, Multi-step Transfer takesplace. For more information, con-tact your service representative.

❒ You can edit boxes in the same wayyou program them.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 188 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 199: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

189

9

❒ If you delete a destination specified as areception destination using the destina-tion list, the settings of the receptiondestination are also deleted, so theymust be registered again. When a des-tination is changed, a document istransmitted to the new destination.If there is no destination of thespecified type, you can set whichdestination to be used as an alter-native destination. See p.167 “UserParameters” (switch 32, bit 0).

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Box Setting].

E Check that [Program / Change] is se-lected.

F Select the box to program.When programming a new box,press [*Not Programmed].

Note❒ To change a box already programmed,

press it, and then proceed to step I.

G Press [Transfer Box].

H Enter a Box name, and then press[OK].

Reference“Entering Text”, General Set-tings Guide

I Enter a SUB Code.

Note❒ To change the SUB Code, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then try again. To changeBox name, press [Box Name], andthen repeat from step H.

J Specify the condition of registra-tion.

Programming End Receivers

A Select an End Receiver.

Note❒ You can store five End Receiv-

ers.B Specify End Receivers with Des-

tination keys, and then press[OK].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 189 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 200: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

190

9

Note❒ You can change the display

to the fax destination, Inter-net fax destination, and IP-Fax destination using thebutton on the right side of thedisplay.

❒ A reception station can alsobe registered as a group des-tination. In such a case, amaximum of 500 parties in-cluding End Receivers 1-5can be specified in a group.

To register another End Receiv-er, repeat from step A.

Programming a password

If you do not want to program apassword, proceed to step K.A Press [Password].B Enter a password, and then press

[OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], and thentry again.

C Re-enter the password, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} keybefore pressing [OK], and thentry again.

❒ To change the password afterpressing [OK], press [Change]and repeat steps B and C, orpress [Cancel] and repeat fromstep A.

D Press [OK].

K Press [OK].

L Press [Exit].

M Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Deleting Transfer Boxes

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 190 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 201: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

191

9

D Press [Box Setting].

E Press [Delete], and then select thebox you want to delete.

With a programmed password

A Enter a password using the numberkeys, and then press [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then try again.

F Press [Delete].

Note❒ To cancel deleting a special sender,

press [Do not Delete]. The displayreturns to that of step E.

G Press [Exit].

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Printing the Box List

Use the following procedure to printa list showing the currently programmedPersonal Boxes, Information Boxes,and Transfer Boxes.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Print List] next to “Box Set-ting”.

E Press the {Start} key.After printing the list, you can thenstart from step D.

Note❒ To cancel printing a list before

pressing the {Start} key, press[Cancel] or the {Clear/Stop} key.The display returns to that ofstep D.

❒ To cancel printing a list afterpressing the {Start} key, press[Stop Printing]. The display re-turns to that of step D.

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 191 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 202: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

192

9

Transfer Report

For the Requesting Party to be able toreceive Transfer Result Reports fromthe Transfer Station, the RequestingParty must program the number ofthe telephone line that is connected totheir own machine. See p.52 “Trans-fer Request”.Be sure to insert a pause after the areacode.For example, if you are in the UnitedStates and your fax number is 1212-1234567, program the following:• 1212-1234567

You can program the fax number forthe G3 line.

Limitation❒ You cannot program or edit a Transfer

Report when using a line (duringcommunication). Program or editafter communication.

Note❒ You cannot use Transfer Request if

the telephone number of their ma-chine is not programmed into thatmachine.

❒ Up to 16 digits are available for G3.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Transfer Report].

E Specify the fax number.

Programming a G3 Fax Number

A Press [G3 Fax No. (Dir.)].B Enter your facsimile number us-

ing the number keys, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key,and then try again.

F Press [Exit].

G Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Programming a Confidential ID

Program a Confidential ID to print aConfidential Reception. See p.36“Printing a Confidential Document”.

Note❒ If you do not program a Confiden-

tial ID, you cannot receive a Confi-dential Transmission.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 192 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 203: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

193

9

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Program Confidential ID].

E Enter an ID using the number keys,and then press [OK].

Note❒ A Confidential ID can be any

four-digit number, except 0000.❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key be-fore pressing [OK], and then tryagain.

To cancel programming an ID, press[Cancel]. The display returns tothat of step D.

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Programming a Polling ID

Program a Polling ID to use the Trans-fer Request, Transfer Station, DefaultID Polling Transmission, and DefaultID Polling Reception functions. Whenyou use ID Transmission, programthe same ID as the one programmedon the sender's machine.

Referencep.11 “Polling Transmission”p.14 “Polling Reception”p.52 “Transfer Request”p.76 “Selecting transmission op-tions for a single transmission”

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Program Polling ID].

E Enter an ID using the number keysand [A] to [F], and then press [OK].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 193 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 204: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

194

9

Note❒ Register a four-digit number us-

ing 0 through 9 and A through F(expect for 0000 and FFFF).

❒ If you make a mistake, press[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key be-fore pressing [OK], and then tryagain.

❒ To cancel programming an ID,press [Cancel]. The display re-turns to that of step D.

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Programming a Memory Lock ID

Program a Memory Lock ID to be enteredbefore printing documents when theMemory Lock function is activated.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Program Memory Lock ID].

E Enter an ID using the number keys,and then press [OK].

Note❒ A Memory Lock ID can be any

four-digit number, except 0000.❒ If you make a mistake, press

[Clear] or the {Clear/Stop} key be-fore pressing [OK], and then tryagain.

❒ To cancel programming an ID,press [Cancel]. The display re-turns to that of step D.

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Selecting Dial/Push Phone

Use this function to select a line typewhen the machine is connected to aG3 analog line.Dial and Push lines are available forselection.

Note❒ If the optional extra G3 interface

unit is installed, settings for the ex-tra G3 lines appear.

❒ This function is not available in someareas.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 194 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 205: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

195

9

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Select Dial / Push Phone].

E Press [Push Button Phone] or [Dial Phone(10PPS)] to select the line, and thenpress [OK].

Referencep.206 “Selecting the Line Type”

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Storing or Printing Received Documents

The optional printer/scanner unit is re-quired.

Specify whether received documentsare to be saved on the hard disk orprinted immediately without beingsaved. You can print stored documentsrepeatedly or download them as im-ages to a computer using a Web Im-age Monitor or DeskTopBinder. Ifyou select printing without saving,documents are printed each time theyare received.

Limitation❒ If using System Settings you have

set the machine to distribute re-ceived faxes to the delivery server,the documents cannot be saved onthe hard disk.

Note❒ You can use “User Parameters”

(switch 10, bit 5) to set whether ornot to print stored received docu-ment. See p.167 “User Parame-ters”.

❒ If Store is selected and a destina-tion for notification is specified,notification of document receptioncan be sent to the specified e-mailaddress.

❒ Documents saved on the hard diskare categorized as received andstored documents. For details aboutprinting saved documents, seep.34 “Printing/Deleting Receivedand Stored Documents (Print/De-lete Stored RX File)”.

❒ You cannot switch the setting if re-ceived documents have been storedon the hard disk. To switch the set-ting, print documents stored onthe hard disk if necessary, andthen delete them.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 195 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 206: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

196

9

❒ Received confidential documents arestored in memory. Use the PrintConfidential RX File function toprint them.

❒ With [Store] selected, more memo-ry space is used as the number ofsaved documents increases. Aftermemory space becomes insufficient,no more documents are saved onthe hard disk. When this happens,the machine starts printing thenoverwriting old documents.

❒ You can store received documentsup to a total of approximately 320pages or 2,240 (when the optionalexpansion memory is installed) ofA4 size Standard <ITU-T#1Chart>.

❒ You cannot send received docu-ments.

❒ You cannot manage documents storedon the Document Server display.

❒ It is recommended that you use aWeb Image Monitor running underthe same network environment asthis machine. Otherwise, the Webbrowser may not open and an er-ror may occur.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Reception File Setting].

E Select [Print] or [Store], and then press[OK].

Note❒ To cancel your selection, press

[Cancel]. The display returns tothat of step D.

❒ When [Store] is selected, you canselect whether or not to sendnotice of reception to a specifice-mail address. To notify of re-ception, press [Notify Dest.] andselect an e-mail address fromthe Internet Fax destinationsprogrammed in the addressbook. Further, you can register agroup destination. In such acase, a maximum of 500 partiescan be specified in a group.

F Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Reception Report e-mail

When a received document is stored,this report is sent to the e-mail ad-dress set as the destination for notifi-cation.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 196 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 207: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

197

9

Setting a User for Viewing Received and Stored Documents

The administrator can be specified formanaging documents stored on themachine after fax documents are re-ceived. To specify the administrator,enter the administrator user code formanaging documents using Web Im-age Monitor or DeskTopBinder Lite/Pro-fessional.

PreparationYou must register the administra-tor's User Code to the destinationlist in advance. See “Authentica-tion Information”, General SettingsGuide

Note❒ This function is only available when

Store is selected in Reception FileSetting. See p.195 “Storing or Print-ing Received Documents”.

❒ It is recommended that you use aWeb Image Monitor running un-der the same network environmentas this machine. Otherwise, theWeb browser may not open and anerror may occur.

❒ If the programmed user code wasdeleted using the Address BookManagement function under Sys-tem Settings, you cannot view re-ceived and saved documents usinga Web Image Monitor. Select [Off]in step E or reprogram the user code.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Stored RX File User Setting].

E If you want to use a user code, press[On].

Note❒ To disable user codes, press [Off],

and then press [OK]. Proceed tostep H.

❒ To cancel the selection, press [Can-cel]. The display returns to thatof step D.

F Press the Destination key of theuser you wish to specify, and thenpress [OK].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 197 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 208: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

198

9

G Check the selected user, and thenpress [OK].

Note❒ When a programmed user is de-

leted from the destination list, amessage “Deleted from Ad-dress Book” is displayed. Re-enter the user.

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Menu Protection Settings

You can set up user access rights forfunctions that users other than ad-ministrators can set. For a detailed de-scription, ask the administrator.

Folder Transfer Result Report

You can set whether the Folder Trans-fer Result Report is transmitted to thespecified e-mail address, when fold-ers are programmed as the forward-ing destinations to which documentsare sent from all senders or SpecialSenders.

PreparationYou must first register the destina-tion for the Folder Transfer ResultReport in the destination list. See“Fax Destination”, General SettingsGuide.

Note❒ Specify a group destination to transfer

documents to multiple destinations.See “Fax Destination”, General Set-tings Guide. A maximum of 500parties can be specified in a group.

❒ Even if the Folder Transfer ResultReport is not successfully trans-mitted, the report is not printed onthis machine.

A Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.

B Press [Facsimile Features].

C Press [Administrator Tools].

D Press [Folder Transfer Result Report].

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 198 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 209: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Using Administrator Settings

199

9

E To send the Folder Transfer ResultReport, press [E-mail].

Note❒ To not send the Folder Transfer

Result Report, press [Do not E-mail], and then press [OK]. Pro-ceed to step H.

❒ To cancel the selection, press [Can-cel]. The display returns to thatof step D.

F Press the Destination key of the e-mail address for notification, andthen press [OK].

G Check the selected destination, andthen press [OK].

H Press the {User Tools/Counter} key.The standby display appears.

Folder Transfer Result Report by e-mail

When forwarding is completed, ifdocuments are sent from all sendersor Special Senders, this report is sentto the e-mail address set as the desti-nation for notification.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 199 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 210: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Administrator Setting

200

9

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 200 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 211: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

201

10. Solving OperationProblems

If an Error Report Is Printed

An Error Report is printed if a docu-ment cannot be successfully sent orreceived.Possible causes include a problemwith the machine or noise on the tele-phone line. If an error occurs duringtransmission, resend the original. Ifan error occurs during reception, askthe sender to resend the document.

Note❒ If an error happens frequently, con-

tact your service representative.❒ The “Page” column gives the total

number of pages. The “Page notsent” or “Page not received” col-umn gives the number of pages notsent or received successfully.

❒ You can display a destination withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 4).

❒ You can display a sender name withthe User Parameters. See p.167 “Us-er Parameters” (switch 04, bit 5).

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 201 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 212: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Solving Operation Problems

202

10

Turning Off the Main Power / In the Event of Power Failure

R CAUTION:

Even if the main power switch is turnedoff, the contents of the machine memory(for example, programmed numbers)will not be lost. However, if power is lostfor about one hour because the mainpower switch is turned off, there is apower cut, or the power cable is re-moved, contents of the Fax memory arelost. Lost items will include any faxdocuments stored in memory usingMemory Transmission/Reception,Auto Document, Confidential Recep-tion, Memory Lock, or Substitute Re-ception.If a file was deleted from memory, aPower Failure Report is automaticallyprinted as soon as the power is restored.This report can be used to identifylost files. If a memory stored forMemory Transmission was lost, re-send it. If a document received byMemory Reception or Substitute Re-ception was lost, ask the sender to re-send it.

Important❒ Do not turn off the main power

switch while the power indicator islit or blinking. If you do, the harddisk and memory may be damagedand failure could result.

❒ Turn off the main power switch be-fore pulling out the plug. If youpull out the plug with the switchon, the hard disk and memory maybe damaged and failure could re-sult.

❒ Make sure that 100% is shown onthe display before you unplug themachine. If a lower value is shown,some data is currently present inmemory.

❒ Right after a power failure, the in-ternal battery needs to be suffi-ciently recharged to guard againstfuture data loss. Keep the machineplugged in and the main powerswitch on for about 24 hours afterthe power loss.

-RDS (Remote Diagnostic System)

If the machine has a problem, a ser-vice representative can perform vari-ous settings over the telephone linefrom the service station.If you want to use this function,change the User Parameter. See p.167“User Parameters” (switch 25, bit 4).

• When you disconnect the power plug from the wall outlet, always pull the plug (not the cable).

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 202 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 213: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

If an Error Occurs While Using Internet Fax

203

10

If an Error Occurs While Using Internet Fax

Error Mail Notification

The machine sends the Error Mail Notification to the sender when it is unable tosuccessfully receive a particular e-mail message. A “cc” of this notification is alsosent to the administrator's e-mail address when one is specified.

Limitation❒ If an incoming Internet Fax from another party bypasses the SMTP server,

even if reception is not successful, an Error Mail Notification is not sent to thesender.

Note❒ You can select to send Error Mail Notification with User Parameters. See

p.167 “User Parameters” (switch 21, bit 7).❒ If Error Mail Notification cannot be sent, the Error Report (E-Mail) is printed

by the machine.❒ If an error occurs when an e-mail is received via SMTP, the SMTP server

sends an error e-mail to the originator of the document.

Error Report (E-Mail)

The Error Report (E-Mail) is printed by the machine when it is unable to send anError Mail Notification.

Server-Generated Error E-mail

The transmitting server sends this error e-mail to the originator of e-mail thatcannot be transmitted successfully (due to reasons such as specifying an incor-rect e-mail address).

Limitation❒ If an Internet Fax transmission bypasses the SMTP server, even if transmis-

sion is not successful, an error e-mail is not sent from the server.

Note❒ After a server-generated error e-mail is printed, the first page of the sent doc-

ument is printed.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 203 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 214: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Solving Operation Problems

204

10

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 204 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 215: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

205

11. Appendix

Connecting the Machine to a Telephone Line and Telephone

Connecting the Telephone Line

To connect the machine to a telephone line, use a snap-in modular type connec-tor.

R CAUTION:

R ATTENTION:

Important❒ By law in the United States, you must program your phone number identifi-

cation (your fax number) into your machine before you can connect the publicphone system. See p.83 “Initial Settings and Adjustments”, Facsimile Reference<Basic Features>.

❒ Make sure the connector is the correct type before you start.

❖ Where to connect the machine

1. G3 interface unit connector

2. External telephone connector

3. Extra G3 interface unit connector

• To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunica-tion line cord.

• Pour réduire le risque d'incendie, utiliser uniquement des conducteurs de télécommunications 26 AWG ou de section supérieure.

AJA009S

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 205 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 216: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Appendix

206

11

Selecting the Line Type

Select the line type to which the machine is connected. There are two types: toneand pulse dial.

Note❒ This function is not available in some areas.Select the line type using “Administrator Tools”. See p.194 “Selecting Dial/PushPhone”.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 206 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 217: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Connecting the Machine to a Telephone Line and Telephone

207

11

Connecting the Optional Handset or an External Telephone

You can connect the optional handset or an external telephone to the machine.You can use it for telephone calls.

Note❒ Some external telephones may not be connected or may suffer reduced func-

tionality.

Limitation❒ When you use the optional handset or an external telephone with the {On

Hook Dial} key for telephone calls, you can not talk with the other party with-out pressing the {On Hook Dial} key after taking off the receiver.

❖ Specifying the handset line type

The switch on the handset should be in the appropriate position-TT (Tone Di-aling) or DP (Pulse Dialing).

❖ Adjusting the handset bell volume

Adjust the handset ringer volume using the volume switch.

ND1X00E0

ND1X00E1

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 207 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 218: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Appendix

208

11

Optional Equipment

Expansion Memory (32MB: DIMM)

This allows you to send fax documents at high resolution (Super Fine). This alsoallows you to receive fax documents at high resolution (Fine or Super Fine). Ifyou require this option, consult your service representative. See p.216 “Maxi-mum Values”.

Handset

You can make or receive calls by installing the optional handset and dialingmanually.

Referencep.59 “Manual Dial”

Extra G3 Interface Unit

This option provides one extra G3 line connection.A maximum of two G3 interface units can be installed.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 208 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 219: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Specifications

209

11

Specifications

❖ Fax Transmission and Reception

❖ Power Consumption

Standard G3

Resolution G3:

8 × 3.85/mm·200 × 100 dpi (Standard character),

8 × 7.7/mm·200 × 200 dpi (Detail character),

8 × 15.4/mm (Fine character: optional expansion memory required),

16 × 15.4/mm·400 × 400 dpi (Super Fine character: optional expansion memory required)

Transmission time G3: 3 seconds at 28,800 bps, Standard resolution

(JBIG transmission: 2 seconds)

Data compression method MH, MR, MMR, JBIG

Maximum original size Standard size: A3, 11" × 17"

Maximum scanning size Standard size: 297 × 432 mm/11" × 17"

Irregular size: 297 × 1200 mm/11" × 47"

Print process Printing on standard paper using a laser

Transmission speed G3:

33,600/31,200/28,800/26,400/24,000/21,600/19,200/16,800/14,400/12,000/9,600/7,200/4,800/2,400bps (auto shift down system)

Immediate Transmission approx. 210 W

Memory Transmission approx. 190 W

Memory Reception approx. 190 W

Reception approx. 650 W

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 209 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 220: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Appendix

210

11

❖ Internet Fax Transmission and Reception

*1 Full mode

Network LAN : Local Area Network

Ethernet/10Base-T, 100Base-TX, IEEE1394 (IP over 1394), IEEE802.11b (wireless LAN)

Transmit function E-mail

Scan line density 200 × 100 dpi (Standard character), 200 × 200 dpi (Detail character), 200 × 400 dpi (Fine character: optional) *1 , 400 × 400 dpi (Super Fine character: optional) *1

Original size : Scanning width A3 *1 , B4 *1 , A4

Communication Protocols • TransmissionSMTP, TCP/IP

• ReceptionPOP3, SMTP, IMAP4, TCP/IP

E-mail format Single/Multi-part, MIME Conversion

Attached file forms: TIFF-F (MH, MR *1 , MMR *1 compres-sion)

Authentication method SMTP-AUTH, POP before SMTP, A-POP

Internet communication Send and receive e-mail with a computer that has an e-mail address

E-mail send functions Automatic conversion of sent documents to e-mail format and e-mail transmission. Memory transmission only.

E-mail receive functions Automatic detection and printing of appended TIFF-F (MH) files and ASCII text. Memory reception only.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 210 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 221: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Specifications

211

11

❖ IP-Fax Transmission and Reception

Network LAN: Local Area Network

Ethernet/10base-T, 100base-TX, IEEE1394 (IP over 1394), IEEE802.11b (wireless LAN)

Scan line density 8 × 3.85 mm·200 × 100 dpi (Standard character),

8 × 7.7 mm, 200 × 200 dpi (Detail character),

8 × 15.4 mm (Fine character: optional expansion memory re-quired),

16 × 15.4 mm, 400 × 400 dpi (Super Fine character: optional ex-pansion memory required)

Original size Maximum A3 or 11" × 17" (DLT)

Maximum scanning size Standard: A3, 297 mm × 432 mm, Irregular: 297 mm × 1200 mm

Transmission protocol Recommended: T.38 Annex, TCP, UDP/IP communication, SIP (RFC 3261 compliant), H.323 v2

Compatible machines IP-Fax compatible machines

IP-Fax transmission function Specify an IP address and send faxes to an IP-Fax compatible fax through a network.

Also capable of sending faxes from a G3 fax connected to a telephone line via a VoIP gateway.

IP-Fax reception function Receive faxes sent from an IP-Fax compatible fax through a network.

Also capable of receiving faxes from a G3 fax connected to a telephone line via a VoIP gateway.

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 211 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 222: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Appendix

212

11

Compatible Machines

This machine is compatible to machines having the following specifications.

*1 Available in full mode, depending on the other party's settings.

Acceptable Types of Originals

Make sure your originals are completely dry before setting them in the machine.Wet ink or correcting fluid from originals will mark the exposure glass and affectthe resulting image.

Acceptable original sizes

Communication protocols • TransmissionSMTP

• ReceptionPOP3, SMTP, IMAP4

E-mail format • FormatMIME, Base64

• Content-TypeImage/tiffMultipart/mixed (text/plain, Image/tiff (attached file forms))

Data format • ProfileTIFF Profile S

• CodingMH, MR *1 , MMR *1

• Original sizeA3 *1 , A4, B4 *1 , 81/2"×11" *1 , 81/2"×14" *1

• Resolution (dpi)200×100/200×200, 204×98/204×196, 200×400 or 400×400

Where original is set Acceptable original size Maximum number of sheets

Paper thickness

Exposure glass Up to A3 (297 × 420 mm), 11" × 17" (279 × 432 mm)

1 ----

ADF, one-sided docu-ment

Fax transmission: A5 L to A3 L (up to 1200 mm long) 8" × 51/2" L to 11" × 17"L

80 sheets (80 g/m2, 20 lb)

40-128 g/m2 (11-34 lb)

ADF, two-sided docu-ment

Fax transmission: A5 L to A3 L (up to 432 mm long) 8" × 51/2" L to 11" × 17"L

80 sheets (80 g/m2, 20 lb)

52-105 g/m2 (14-28 lb)

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 212 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 223: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Specifications

213

11

-Paper size and scanned area

❖ Exposure Glass

❖ ADF

Limitation❒ There may be a difference in the size of the image when it is printed at the des-

tination.❒ If you place an original larger than A3, 11"×17" on the exposure glass, only an

A3, 11"×17" area is scanned.

Note❒ Even if an original is correctly placed on the exposure glass or in the ADF, a

margin of 3 mm (0.1") around each edge of the original may not be sent.❒ If the receiver uses paper of a smaller width than the original, the image is re-

duced to fit that paper. See p.75 “Auto Reduce”.

AAG019S

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 213 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 224: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Appendix

214

11

❒ The machine detects paper sizes in the following ways:• When you place an original in the ADF, an original wider than about 264

mm (10.4") is scanned as A3, 11"×17" size. An original narrower than about 230 mm (9.1") is sent as 81/2"×11" or81/2"×14" size, and an original narrower than about 264 mm (10.4") isscanned as B4 JIS.Originals up to 1200 mm (47.2") in length can be scanned.

• See the following table for sizes the machine can detect when you place anoriginal on the exposure glass. Because the machine scans custom size doc-uments in a standard size, part of the image may be truncated dependingon the length of the document. For details about how to set custom sizedocuments, see p.17 “Setting a Scan Area”, Facsimile Reference <Basic Fea-tures>.

❖ Metric Version

❖ Inch Version

× - Unable to auto detect*1 Normally a length of about 420 mm (16.5") can be scanned; however, it is only possi-

ble to specify a scanning size up to 432 mm (17").

❖ Maximum scan area The following shows the maximum scan area:• Memory Transmission: 297 × 1200 mm/11" × 47" (W × L) from the ADF• Immediate Transmission: 297 × 1200 mm/11" × 47" (W × L) from the ADF

Note❒ During Immediate Transmission, the length of the scanning range can

become narrower than 1200 mm (47"), depending on the character sizeas well as the settings on the destination machine.

• 297 × 432 mm/11" × 17" (W × L) (from the exposure glass)

Length *1

-249 mm 249 mm-274 mm 274 mm-316 mm 316 mm-

Wid

th

-243 mm × B5 JISL A4L FL

243 mm-268 mm

B5 JISK B4 JISL B4 JISL B4 JISL

268 mm- A4K A3L A3L A3L

Length *1

-9.8" 9.8"-10.8" 10.8"-12.4" 12.4"-

Wid

th

-9.6" × × 81/2"×11"L FL

9.6"-10.6" 11"×81/2"K 11"×17"L 11"×17"L 11"×17"L

10.6"- 11"×81/2"K 11"×17"L 11"×17"L 11"×17"L

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 214 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 225: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Specifications

215

11

Original Sizes Difficult to Detect

The machine has difficulty detecting the size of the following kinds of originals.(When this happens, the receiving machine may not select print paper of the cor-rect size.)• documents placed on the exposure glass of sizes other than those listed in the

following table• originals with index tabs, tags, or protruding parts• transparent originals, such as OHP transparencies or translucent paper• dark originals with dense text or drawings• originals that contain areas of solid print• originals that have solid print around their edges• originals with glossy surfaces• bound originals of more than 10 mm (0.3") in thickness, such as books.The following paper sizes are automatically detected in facsimile mode.

❖ Metric Version

b- Auto detect× - Unable to auto detect

❖ Inch Version

b- Auto detect× - Unable to auto detect

Paper size where original is placed

A3L 8 1/2"×13" (F4)

B4 JIS L A4KL B5 JISKL A5KL

Exposure glass

b b b b b ×

ADF b b b b b b

Paper size where original is placed

11"×17"L 8 1/2"×14" L 8 1/2"×11" KL 5 1/2"×8 1/2" K

Exposure glass b b b ×

ADF b b b b

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 215 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 226: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Appendix

216

11

Maximum Values

The following list contains the maximum value for each item.

Note❒ The maximum number of pages that can be stored or transmitted may de-

crease depending on the contents of documents.

Item Standard Expansion memory (Optional)

Memory (with optional) 4 MB 28 MB

Number of pages you can store in memory (Using A4 size Standard <ITU-T #1Chart> )

Approx. 320 Approx. 2,240

Total number of all documents 400 400

Number of pages per file 1,000 1,000

Number of pages for all files 1,000 3,000

Number of destinations you can specify for one file

500 500

Number of destinations you can specify for all files

500 500

Number of destinations you can program 2000 2000

Number of groups you can program 100 100

Number of destinations you can program in a group

500 500

Number of digits for fax numbers 128 128

Number of Programs you can register 100 100

Number of Auto Documents you can pro-gram

6 6

Number of Standard Message Stamps you can program

3 3

Number of transmission records the ma-chine can store

200 200

Number of stored documents you can specify at one time

1,000 1,000

Number of stored documents you can send at one time

30 30

Number of pages that you can store in the Document Server (Using ITU-T #4Chart )

Approx. 9,000 Approx. 9,000

Number of pages you can store in the Doc-ument Server for one document

1,000 1,000

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 216 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 227: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

217

INDEX

180-degree rotation printing, 991 Sided for 1st Page, 652 Sided from 1st Page, 652 Sided Original, 642 Sided Printing, 98, 147

A

Acceptable original sizes, 212Acceptable types of originals, 212Accessing user tools (Facsimile Features), 144Adding a destination, 21Address Book, 110, 118Adjust Scan Density, 145Adjust Sound Volume, 145Administrator settings, 155Administrator Tools, 157Administrator Tools list, 155All, 28Applications stored on the CD-ROM, 109Attaching a created cover sheet, 121Authorized Reception, 173Authorized RX, 147, 176, 179Auto Detect, 179Auto Document, 66, 158

Changing, 158Deleting, 159Sending, 66Storing, 158

Auto Fax Reception Power-Up, 96Auto Image Density, 145Automatic Redial, 79Auto Reduce, 75Auto run program, 108

B

Basic transmission, 112Batch Transmission, 79Before use, 108Book Fax, 62Box Setting, 156, 181Bypass Tray Paper Size, 179

C

Cancel, 26Canceling a transmission, 19Center Mark, 97, 148Chain Dial, 47

Change Initial Mode, 145Change / Stop TX File, 18Change TX Time, 22Changing a program name, 131Changing other options, 22Changing stored document information, 136Changing the line port, 60Changing the SMTP server setting, 23Changing the transmission time, 22Changing the User Parameters, 171Check / Change Settings, 18Checkered Mark, 97, 148Checking and canceling transmission files, 17Checking the reception result

(RX File Status), 32Checking the transmission result

(TX File Status), 31Combine Two Originals, 84, 100Communication Failure Report, 82Communication information, 27Confidential document, 36Confidential File Report, 37Confidential ID, 192Confidential Transmission, 9Confidential TX, 9Configuring the H.323 gatekeeper, 151Configuring the SIP server, 151Confirming transmission results by

e-mail, 6, 117Connecting the machine to

a telephone line and telephone, 205Connecting the optional handset or an

external telephone, 207Connecting the telephone line, 205Counters, 155, 162Creating a cover sheet, 120Custom Size, 179

D

Default ID, 10Default ID/Free Polling Reception, 14Default ID / Free Polling RX, 15, 51Default ID Transmission, 11, 12, 75Default ID TX, 12Delete, 35, 131, 153, 157, 160, 180, 184, 191Delete File, 45, 139Delete File after Printing, 35Deleting

Information Box documents, 45Programmed destinations, 119Received and stored documents, 35

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 217 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 228: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

218

Deleting a destination, 20Deleting a gateway, 153Deleting a program, 131Deleting a stored document, 138Deleting Information Box documents, 45Delivering files received by fax, 127Destination

Adding, 21Checking, 18Deleting, 20

Dial Phone (10PPS), 195Displaying confirmation of transmission, 18Displaying the memory status, 33Document Server, 133

Delete File, 138Manage File, 136Storing a document, 134

Do not Delete, 139, 160, 181Dual Access, 79

E

ECM (Error Correction Mode), 155, 166Economy Time, 4, 22Economy Transmission Time, 3Editing Address Book, 118Editing fax cover sheets, 120E-mail Settings, 148E-mail transfer, 95E-mail TX Results, 117Enable H.323, 150Enable SIP, 150End Receiver, 163Error Mail Notification, 203Error Report, 201Error Report (E-Mail), 203Expansion memory, 208Extra G3 interface unit, 208

F

Facsimile Features, 141, 144, 157Fax Header Print, 74Fax via computer, 107File

Printing, 24Printing a list of files in memory

(Print TX File List), 26Resending, 25

File Info. Setting, 134File Name, 135Folder Transfer Result Report, 198Folder Transfer Result Report by e-mail, 199Forwarding, 90, 147, 155, 162, 174, 176Forwarding Mark, 165

Forwarding received documents, 90Free Polling Transmission, 11, 12Free Polling TX, 12From First Page, 63From Second Page, 63Full Agreement, 176Full/Partial agreement, 172Function list, 141

G

General Settings/Adjustment, 145Group Dial, 55

H

H.323 Settings, 150Handset, 208Handy dialing functions, 47

I

ID Override, 10ID Override Polling Reception, 14ID Override Transmission, 11, 12If an error occurs while using Internet Fax, 203If an Error Report is printed, 201If memory runs out while storing an original, 78If there is no paper of the correct size, 103Image Rotation, 79, 100Immediate Reception, 83Information Boxes, 42, 187

Changing, 185Deleting, 187Printing, 191Programming, 185Storing documents, 42

Initial Set Up, 178Installing individual applications, 109Installing the software, 108Internet Fax Settings, 148IP-Fax Settings, 150

J

JBIG, 80, 96Reception, 96Transmission, 80

Journal, 27Journal by e-mail, 81Journal by e-mail, Transmitting, 81Just size printing, 104

K

Keystroke Program, 129

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 218 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 229: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

219

L

Label Insertion, 74LAN-Fax Cover Sheet Editor, 110LAN-Fax Driver, 109LAN-Fax operation messages, 122LAN-Fax properties, setting, 110LAN-Fax Result Report, 118Line Priority Setting, 146Line type

Changing, 60Selecting, 206

M

Making settings for option configuration, 111Managing documents saved in the

Document Server from a computer, 139Manual Dial, 59Manual Input, 21Max. E-mail Size, 148Maximum value, 216Memory / Immed. Transmission Switch, 145Memory Lock, 38, 165, 175, 178Memory Lock ID, 194Memory Lock RX, 165Memory Reception, 84Memory Status, 33Memory Storage Report, 82Menu protection settings, 198More transmission functions, 78Multi-copy, 84Multi-copy Reception, 99Multi-port, 60Multistep transfer, 88

N

Names of major functions, 2No, 35Non-programmed Name, 69, 135Number of Sets, 177

O

Off, 164On Hook Dial, 57On Hook Dial key, 57On Hook Mode Release Time, 146Operation switch, 96Optional equipment, 208Originals, 212Original sizes difficult to detect, 215Original Type Priority, 145Origi. + Stored File, 70

Other transmission features, 47Output Tray, 106

P

Page Reduction, 102Page Separation and Length Reduction, 101Paper Tray, 147, 178Parallel Memory Transmission, 78Parameter Setting, 155Partial Agreement, 176Password, 135, 183Pause/Redial key, 47Personal Boxes, 40, 182, 184

Changing, 182Deleting, 184Printing, 191Programming, 182

Polling ID, 193Polling Reception, 14Polling Reception Reserve Report, 16Polling Reception Result Report, 16Polling RX, 15, 51Polling Transmission, 11Polling Transmission Clear Report, 13Polling TX, 12Power Failure Report, 202Print, 35Print 1st Page, 72Print 2 Sided, 178Print 2 Sides, 72Print Completion Beep, 97Print Confidential RX File, 36Print / Delete Stored RX File, 34, 35Printed reports, 82Print File, 24, 67, 72Printing

Box List, 191Confidential document, 36File received with Memory Lock, 38Information Box documents, 44Journal, 27Options, 97Personal Box documents, 41Received and stored documents, 34Special Sender List, 181

Printing a confidential document, 36Printing a file, 24Printing a file received with Memory Lock, 38Printing a list of files in memory

(Print TX File List), 26Printing and saving, 118Printing/deleting received and stored

documents (Print/Delete Stored RX File), 34

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 219 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 230: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

220

Printing documents stored as Auto Documents, 67

Printing Information Box documents, 44Printing options, 97Printing Personal Box documents, 41Printing stored documents, 70Printing the Journal, 27Print List, 26, 172, 181, 191Print Memory Lock, 38Print on 2 Sides, 35Print per File No., 28Print Personal Box File, 41Print per User, 28Print Reception Time, 148Priority trays, 104Priority TX, 8Program / Change, 157, 158, 175Program / Change / Delete Gateway, 150Program / Change / Delete Scan Size, 160Program / Change / Delete

Standard Message, 157Program Confidential ID, 193Program Economy Time, 146Program Fax Information, 145Program key, 130Program Memory Lock ID, 194Programming/Changing Special Senders, 175Program Polling ID, 193Programs, 129

Changing, 129Deleting, 131Registering, 129

Program Size 1, 160Program Size 2, 160Program Special Sender, 175Push Button Phone, 195PWD Code, 52

Q

Quick Dial, 55Quick Operation Key, 146Quitting default settings, 144

R

RDS (Remote Diagnostic System), 202Receiver, 184Receiving documents according to

parameter-specified settings, 86Receiving documents unconditionally, 85Receiving Station, 52, 87Receiving Statn, 54

Reception, 83Reception features, 83Reception File Print Quantity, 147Reception functions, 87Reception Reverse Printing, 147Reception Settings, 147Reception Time, 98

Reception features, 83Reception File Setting, 196Reception functions, 87Reception Report e-mail, 196Reception Result (RX File Status), 32Reception Settings, 147Redial, 47Reduced Image Transmission, 75Registering and changing

Keystroke Programs, 129Registering a priority function

using a program, 130Registering or changing a gateway, 152Report, 82

Communication Failure Report, 82Error Report, 201Memory Storage Report, 82Power Failure Report, 202

Requesting Party, 52, 87Resending a file, 25Reverse Order Printing, 84, 102Routing e-mail received via SMTP, 94Routing received documents with SUB Code, 91RX File Print Qty, 147RX File Status, 32RX Reverse Printing, 147

S

Same as Basic Settings, 176Scan End Reset, 145Scan Size, 160

Changing, 160Deleting, 161Programming, 160

Search by File Name, 70, 72Search by User Name, 69, 71Selecting

Dial/Push Phone, 194Selecting the line type, 206Select Line, 61Select Title, 145Sender Settings, 5Sending a stored file, 68Sending at a specific time (Send Later), 3Sending fax documents from computers, 107Sending stored documents, 68

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 220 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 231: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

221

Send Later, 3SEP Code, 50Server-generated error e-mail, 203Setting a user for viewing received and

stored documents, 197Setting LAN-Fax Driver properties, 110Setting print properties, 110SID Code, 50Simultaneous Broadcast, 80SIP Settings, 150SMTP, 23, 94SMTP reception, 93SMTP reception using Internet Fax, 93SMTP RX File Delivery Settings, 149Solving operation problems, 201Special RX Function, 179Special Senders, 172Special Senders to treat differently, 172Specifications, 209Specifying options, 115Specify Tray for Lines, 148Speed Dial, 55Stamp, 73Standard Messages, 157

Deleting, 157Programming, 157

Standard Message Stamp, 65Standard Size, 179Std. Message, 65Stop Scanning, 159Stop Transmission, 19Store, 159Store / Change / Delete Auto Document, 158Store / Delete / Print Information Box File, 43Stored file + Origi., 70Stored RX File User Setting, 197Store File, 134Store only, 134Store & Transmit, 134Storing a document, 134Storing documents in Information Boxes, 42Storing or printing received documents, 195SUB Code, 49, 91Substitute Reception, 85Sub transmission mode, 62Sub TX Mode, 62, 136Switches and Bits, 167Switch Reception Mode, 147

T

Telephone line, 205Text Size Priority, 145Top to Bottom, 64Top to Top, 64Transfer Boxes, 188

Changing, 188Deleting, 190Printing, 191Programming, 188

Transfer Report, 192Transfer Req., 54Transfer Request, 52Transfer Result Report, 88Transfer Result Report

(transfer request by e-mail), 89Transferring, 92Transferring received documents, 92Transfer Station, 52, 87Transmission features, 47Transmission mode, 3Transmission options, 73Transmission Page Count, 162Transmission time

Changing, 22Transmission with Image Rotation, 79Transmit Failed File, 25Tray for Lines, 106Tray Shift, 106TSI Print, 103Turning off the main power /

in the event of power failure, 202Two-Sided Printing, 98Two-Sided Transmission, 63TX File, 18TX File Status, 31TX Stamp Priority, 146

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 221 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 232: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

222

U

User Name, 135User Parameter List, 167User Parameters, 167User Tools/Counter key, 144, 157Using administrator settings, 157Using a program, 132Using a Web browser, 140Using DeskTopBinder, 139Using the Document Server, 133

V

Viewing fax information using a Web browser, 123

W

Web Image MonitorProgramming destination information, 125Viewing, printing, and deleting received

fax documents, 123Where incoming documents are

delivered - output tray, 106With transfer requests set in the

System Settings menu, 55

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 222 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 233: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

223

MEMO

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 223 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 234: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

224 EN USA B779-8511

MEMO

AdonisC4-EN_Combine-F_FM.book Page 224 Thursday, April 28, 2005 7:00 PM

Page 235: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Paper type: OK Prince Eco G100(55kg), Paper Thickness=80 µm // Pages in book=232 // Print scale=81%Gap (when printed at 81% scale) = Pages in book × Paper thickness / 2 = 9.280000 mm

Introduction

This manual contains detailed instructions and notes on the operation and use of this machine. For yoursafety and benefit, read this manual carefully before using the machine. Keep this manual in a handyplace for quick reference.

Notes

Some illustrations in this manual might be slightly different from the machine.

Certain options might not be available in some countries. For details, please contact your local dealer.

Two kinds of size notation are employed in this manual. With this machine refer to the inch version.

Important

Contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice. In no event will the company be li-able for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages as a result of handling or oper-ating the machine.

Trademarks

Microsoft®, Windows® and Windows NT® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in theUnited States and/or other countries.

Adobe® and Acrobat® are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.

Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and might be trademarks of theirrespective companies. We disclaim any and all rights to those marks.

Note

The proper names of the Windows operating systems are as follows:

• The product name of Windows® 95 is Microsoft® Windows 95.

• The product name of Windows® 98 is Microsoft® Windows 98.

• The product name of Windows® Me is Microsoft® Windows Millennium Edition (Windows Me).

• The product names of Windows® 2000 are as follows:Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Advanced ServerMicrosoft® Windows® 2000 ServerMicrosoft® Windows® 2000 Professional

• The product names of Windows® XP are as follows:Microsoft® Windows® XP ProfessionalMicrosoft® Windows® XP Home Edition

• The product names of the Windows ServerTM 2003 are as follows:Microsoft® Windows ServerTM 2003 Standard EditionMicrosoft® Windows ServerTM 2003 Enterprise EditionMicrosoft® Windows ServerTM 2003 Web Edition

• The product names of Windows NT® 4.0 are as follows:Microsoft® Windows NT® Server 4.0Microsoft® Windows NT® Workstation 4.0

Copyright © 2005

Page 236: FAX Option Type 3045 - Ricohsupport.ricoh.com/bb_v1oi/pub_e/oi/0001027/... · FAX Option Type 3045 Operating Instructions Facsimile Reference  ... FAX Option

Paper type: OK Prince Eco G100(55kg), Paper Thickness=80 µm // Pages in book=232 // Print scale=81%Gap (when printed at 81% scale) = Pages in book × Paper thickness / 2 = 9.280000 mm

FAX Option Type 3045Operating Instructions

Facsimile Reference <Advanced Features>

B7798511

FAX

Op

tion Typ

e 3045

Op

era

ting Instruc

tions

Fac

simile

Refe

renc

e <A

dva

nce

d Fe

ature

s>

FAX Option Type 3045

Operating Instructions

Facsimile Reference<Advanced Features>

Read this manual carefully before you use this machine and keep it handy for future reference. For safe and correct use, be sure to read theSafety Information in the “General Settings Guide” before using the machine.

Transmission Mode

Checking and Canceling Transmission Files

Communication Information

Other Transmission Features

Reception Features

Fax via Computer

Simplifying the Operation

Facsimile Features

Administrator Setting

Solving Operation Problems

Appendix

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Printed in Japan

EN USA B779-8511